{"title":"Lexus Coilover Suspension Kits","description":"\u003cstyle\u003e\u003c!--\n.page-container h1:first-child{display:none;}\n  .boost-pfs-filter-collection-header-wrapper h1{display:none;}\n  .boost-pfs-filter-collection-header-wrapper{padding-top:0; padding-bottom:0;}\n.mdb-cat {\n    border: 5px solid #f4f4f4!important;\n    padding: 20px 10px!important;\n    background: #403f3f;\n\n}\n\n.mdb-cat:hover{background: #9b9b9b;}\n\n.cat-name-area {\n    text-align: center;\n    padding: 10px;\n    margin: 15px -10px -20px;\n    background: #dcdcdc;\n    border-top: 0;\n    color: #000;\n    font-family: Oswald;\n}\n--\u003e\u003c\/style\u003e\u003cdiv style=\"margin-bottom: 30px;\" class=\"container\"\u003e\n\u003cimg style=\"width:100%; padding-bottom:30px;\" src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/LandingPage-Mockup-Brands-Lexus.jpg?v=1652368108\"\u003e\u003cp\u003eFrom the Lexus IS 300 to the LC 500 and everything in between - Coilovers.co.uk are delighted to offer you a vast array of different suspension components and coilovers from the biggest brands in the industry. \u003c\/p\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n","products":[{"product_id":"bc-racing-ds-series-coilovers-lexus-gs-350-grl10-13-20-9-10kg","title":"BC Racing DS-Series Coilovers Lexus GS-350 GRL10 13-20 9\/10kg","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBC Racing DS-Series Coilovers for Lexus GS-350 GRL10 (2013-2020) – Height and Damping Adjustable, Corner Weight Adjustable\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese BC Racing DS-Series coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus GS-350 GRL10 (2013-2020) with a fully adjustable setup. You can set the ride height, damping and corner weights to suit the car, making them ideal for fast road and track use where you want more control over the setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DS-Series builds on the BC coilover platform with separately adjustable compression and rebound damping. Having the two adjustments apart lets you tune how the car settles under braking and how quickly it recovers, giving finer control over the setup than a single adjuster.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRide height is set by winding the bottom mount up or down the damper body rather than moving the spring, so full damper travel is kept whatever height you run. The lower spring platform also adjusts, so the car can be corner weighted for even tyre loading across each axle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Separate compression and rebound adjusters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring rates:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9\/10kg\/mm (F\/R)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium front top mounts with rubber centres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium rear top mounts with rubber centres, or no rear top mounts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKit weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeparately adjustable compression and rebound damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRide height set at the bottom mount, so full damper travel is kept at any height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable lower spring platform for corner weighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMonotube damper design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack chromed damper bodies with anodised aluminium parts for corrosion resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePillowball or camber adjustable top mounts on many applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x front coilovers with springs (aluminium front top mounts with rubber centres)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x rear dampers and springs (aluminium rear top mounts with rubber centres, or no rear top mounts)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus GS-350 GRL10 13-20\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e other Lexus GS-350 GRL10 variants with a different drive layout, strut diameter or rear suspension type. Please check your chassis code and drive type against the fitment above before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs and bolt in to the original mounting points. Set the ride height and spring preload before final tightening, let the suspension settle, then recheck the height and have a four-wheel alignment carried out. We recommend professional fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUpgrade Further\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther BC Racing options for this car: \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-br-series-coilovers-lexus-gs350-grl10-13\"\u003eBC Racing BR-Series Coilovers Lexus GS-350 GRL10 13-20\u003c\/a\u003e; \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-zx-series-coilovers-lexus-gs-350-grl10-13-20\"\u003eBC Racing ZX-Series Coilovers Lexus GS-350 GRL10 13-20\u003c\/a\u003e. Keep a spare \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-coilover-adjustment-c-spanner\"\u003eBC Racing C-spanner\u003c\/a\u003e for adjusting the height and spring platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the ride height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Ride height is set by moving the bottom mount on the damper body, so you keep full damper travel at any height you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the damping adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DS-Series uses separate compression and rebound adjusters. Start from BC's base setting and adjust front and rear in small steps to suit the road or track.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these suitable for daily driving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Set to a sensible height and softer damping, they work well on the road while giving sharper handling than standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit comes with 9\/10kg\/mm (F\/R) springs as standard. If you need different rates, contact us before ordering and we will check what is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing the ride height alters the suspension geometry, so a four-wheel alignment should be carried out once the car has settled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBC Racing products are covered against defects in materials and workmanship. Contact us if you have any problem with your kit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BC Racing","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58917832950143,"sku":"BC-0072937","price":1128.6,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/BCRacingDS-1_0a00cfea-e69f-4921-bd77-2b86fd305eb8.jpg?v=1792756106"},{"product_id":"bc-racing-ds-series-coilovers-lexus-is-200-is-300-gxe10-jce10-99-05-10-6kg","title":"BC Racing DS-Series Coilovers Lexus IS-200 IS-300 GXE10 JCE10 99-05 10\/6kg","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBC Racing DS-Series Coilovers for Lexus IS-200 IS-300 GXE10 JCE10 (1999-2005) – Height and Damping Adjustable, Corner Weight Adjustable\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese BC Racing DS-Series coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus IS-200 IS-300 GXE10 JCE10 (1999-2005) with a fully adjustable setup. You can set the ride height, damping and corner weights to suit the car, making them ideal for fast road and track use where you want more control over the setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DS-Series builds on the BC coilover platform with separately adjustable compression and rebound damping. Having the two adjustments apart lets you tune how the car settles under braking and how quickly it recovers, giving finer control over the setup than a single adjuster.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRide height is set by winding the bottom mount up or down the damper body rather than moving the spring, so full damper travel is kept whatever height you run. The lower spring platform also adjusts, so the car can be corner weighted for even tyre loading across each axle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Separate compression and rebound adjusters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring rates:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10\/6kg\/mm (F\/R)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium front top mounts with rubber centres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium rear top mounts with rubber centres, or no rear top mounts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKit weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 23kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeparately adjustable compression and rebound damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRide height set at the bottom mount, so full damper travel is kept at any height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable lower spring platform for corner weighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMonotube damper design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack chromed damper bodies with anodised aluminium parts for corrosion resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePillowball or camber adjustable top mounts on many applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x front coilovers with springs (aluminium front top mounts with rubber centres)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x rear dampers and springs (aluminium rear top mounts with rubber centres, or no rear top mounts)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus IS-200 IS-300 GXE10 JCE10 99-05\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e other Lexus IS-200 IS-300 GXE10 JCE10 variants with a different drive layout, strut diameter or rear suspension type. Please check your chassis code and drive type against the fitment above before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs and bolt in to the original mounting points. Set the ride height and spring preload before final tightening, let the suspension settle, then recheck the height and have a four-wheel alignment carried out. We recommend professional fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUpgrade Further\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther BC Racing options for this car: \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-br-series-coilovers-lexus-is200-is300-gxe10-jec10-99-05\"\u003eBC Racing BR-Series Coilovers Lexus IS-200 IS-300 GXE10 JCE10 99-05 10\/6kg\u003c\/a\u003e; \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-er-series-coilovers-lexus-is200-is300-gxe10-jec10-99-05\"\u003eBC Racing ER-Series Coilovers Lexus IS-200 IS-300 GXE10 JCE10 99-05\u003c\/a\u003e; \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-zx-series-coilovers-lexus-is-200-is-300-gxe10-jce10-99-05\"\u003eBC Racing ZX-Series Coilovers Lexus IS-200 IS-300 GXE10 JCE10 99-05\u003c\/a\u003e. Keep a spare \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-coilover-adjustment-c-spanner\"\u003eBC Racing C-spanner\u003c\/a\u003e for adjusting the height and spring platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the ride height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Ride height is set by moving the bottom mount on the damper body, so you keep full damper travel at any height you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the damping adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe DS-Series uses separate compression and rebound adjusters. Start from BC's base setting and adjust front and rear in small steps to suit the road or track.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these suitable for daily driving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Set to a sensible height and softer damping, they work well on the road while giving sharper handling than standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit comes with 10\/6kg\/mm (F\/R) springs as standard. If you need different rates, contact us before ordering and we will check what is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing the ride height alters the suspension geometry, so a four-wheel alignment should be carried out once the car has settled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBC Racing products are covered against defects in materials and workmanship. Contact us if you have any problem with your kit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BC Racing","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58917832982911,"sku":"BC-0060494","price":1081.1,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/BCRacingDS-1_7ffdd00b-db7c-482e-a489-56cc433acbd5.jpg?v=1792756109"},{"product_id":"bc-racing-er-series-coilovers-lexus-gs-300-jzs160-161-98-05","title":"BC Racing ER-Series Coilovers Lexus GS-300 JZS160\/161 98-05","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBC Racing ER-Series Coilovers for Lexus GS-300 JZS160\/161 (1998-2005) – Height and Damping Adjustable, Corner Weight Adjustable\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese BC Racing ER-Series coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus GS-300 JZS160\/161 (1998-2005) with a fully adjustable setup. You can set the ride height, damping and corner weights to suit the car, making them ideal for track days and hard fast road driving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ER-Series adds external reservoirs front and rear, increasing the oil and gas capacity of each damper. That keeps temperatures and damping consistent through long track sessions, and separate compression and rebound adjusters let you fine-tune how the car loads and unloads its tyres on corner entry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRide height is set by winding the bottom mount up or down the damper body rather than moving the spring, so full damper travel is kept whatever height you run. The lower spring platform also adjusts, so the car can be corner weighted for even tyre loading across each axle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring rates:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12\/10kg\/mm (F\/R)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 way damping adjustable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront:\u003c\/strong\u003e External reservoir - includes pillowball top mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear:\u003c\/strong\u003e External reservoir - includes pillowball top mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKit weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 23kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExternal reservoirs for extra oil and gas capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeparately adjustable compression and rebound damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRide height set at the bottom mount, so full damper travel is kept at any height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable lower spring platform for corner weighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack chromed damper bodies with anodised aluminium parts for corrosion resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePillowball or camber adjustable top mounts on many applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x front coilovers with springs (external reservoir - includes pillowball top mount)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x rear dampers and springs (external reservoir - includes pillowball top mount)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus GS-300 JZS160\/161 98-05\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e other Lexus GS-300 JZS160\/161 variants with a different drive layout, strut diameter or rear suspension type. Please check your chassis code and drive type against the fitment above before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs and bolt in to the original mounting points. Set the ride height and spring preload before final tightening, let the suspension settle, then recheck the height and have a four-wheel alignment carried out. We recommend professional fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUpgrade Further\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther BC Racing options for this car: \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-br-series-coilovers-lexus-gs300-jzs160-jzs161-98-05\"\u003eBC Racing BR-Series Coilovers Lexus GS-300 JZS160\/161 98-05 10\/7kg\u003c\/a\u003e; \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-zx-series-coilovers-lexus-gs-300-jzs160-161-98-05\"\u003eBC Racing ZX-Series Coilovers Lexus GS-300 JZS160\/161 98-05\u003c\/a\u003e. Keep a spare \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-coilover-adjustment-c-spanner\"\u003eBC Racing C-spanner\u003c\/a\u003e for adjusting the height and spring platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the ride height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Ride height is set by moving the bottom mount on the damper body, so you keep full damper travel at any height you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the damping adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ER-Series uses separate compression and rebound adjusters. Start from BC's base setting and adjust front and rear in small steps to suit the road or track.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these suitable for daily driving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey can be used on the road, but the ER-Series is designed mainly for track days and hard fast road driving. For a car that is mostly driven on the road, our V1 or BR-Series kits are a better fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit comes with 12\/10kg\/mm (F\/R) springs as standard. If you need different rates, contact us before ordering and we will check what is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill pillowball top mounts be noisier?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePillowball mounts are solid, so they transfer a little more noise and vibration than rubber mounts. In return they remove flex and sharpen steering response.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing the ride height alters the suspension geometry, so a four-wheel alignment should be carried out once the car has settled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBC Racing products are covered against defects in materials and workmanship. Contact us if you have any problem with your kit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BC Racing","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58918034669951,"sku":"BC-0031325","price":1709.05,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/BCRacingER-1_35dc3dc2-f8fd-45e9-9bbb-c320ef157aea.jpg?v=1792757395"},{"product_id":"bc-racing-er-series-coilovers-lexus-gs-300-350-450h-grs191-uzs190-06-12","title":"BC Racing ER-Series Coilovers Lexus GS-300\/350\/450H GRS191 UZS190 06-12","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBC Racing ER-Series Coilovers for Lexus GS-300\/350\/450H GRS191 UZS190 (2006-2012) – Height and Damping Adjustable, Corner Weight Adjustable\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese BC Racing ER-Series coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus GS-300\/350\/450H GRS191 UZS190 (2006-2012) with a fully adjustable setup. You can set the ride height, damping and corner weights to suit the car, making them ideal for track days and hard fast road driving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ER-Series adds external reservoirs front and rear, increasing the oil and gas capacity of each damper. That keeps temperatures and damping consistent through long track sessions, and separate compression and rebound adjusters let you fine-tune how the car loads and unloads its tyres on corner entry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRide height is set by winding the bottom mount up or down the damper body rather than moving the spring, so full damper travel is kept whatever height you run. The lower spring platform also adjusts, so the car can be corner weighted for even tyre loading across each axle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring rates:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10\/8kg\/mm (F\/R)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 way damping adjustable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront:\u003c\/strong\u003e External reservoir - includes pillowball top mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear:\u003c\/strong\u003e External reservoir - includes pillowball top mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKit weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 23kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExternal reservoirs for extra oil and gas capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeparately adjustable compression and rebound damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRide height set at the bottom mount, so full damper travel is kept at any height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable lower spring platform for corner weighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack chromed damper bodies with anodised aluminium parts for corrosion resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePillowball or camber adjustable top mounts on many applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x front coilovers with springs (external reservoir - includes pillowball top mount)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x rear dampers and springs (external reservoir - includes pillowball top mount)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus GS-300\/350\/450H GRS191 UZS190 06-12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e other Lexus GS-300\/350\/450H GRS191 UZS190 variants with a different drive layout, strut diameter or rear suspension type. Please check your chassis code and drive type against the fitment above before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs and bolt in to the original mounting points. Set the ride height and spring preload before final tightening, let the suspension settle, then recheck the height and have a four-wheel alignment carried out. We recommend professional fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUpgrade Further\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther BC Racing options for this car: \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-br-series-coilovers-lexus-gs300-gs350-gs450h-grs191-uzs190-06-12\"\u003eBC Racing BR-Series Coilovers Lexus GS-300\/350\/450H GRS191 UZS190 06-12\u003c\/a\u003e; \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-zx-series-coilovers-lexus-gs-300-350-450h-grs191-uzs190-06-12\"\u003eBC Racing ZX-Series Coilovers Lexus GS-300\/350\/450H GRS191 UZS190 06-12\u003c\/a\u003e. Keep a spare \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-coilover-adjustment-c-spanner\"\u003eBC Racing C-spanner\u003c\/a\u003e for adjusting the height and spring platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the ride height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Ride height is set by moving the bottom mount on the damper body, so you keep full damper travel at any height you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the damping adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ER-Series uses separate compression and rebound adjusters. Start from BC's base setting and adjust front and rear in small steps to suit the road or track.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these suitable for daily driving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey can be used on the road, but the ER-Series is designed mainly for track days and hard fast road driving. For a car that is mostly driven on the road, our V1 or BR-Series kits are a better fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit comes with 10\/8kg\/mm (F\/R) springs as standard. If you need different rates, contact us before ordering and we will check what is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill pillowball top mounts be noisier?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePillowball mounts are solid, so they transfer a little more noise and vibration than rubber mounts. In return they remove flex and sharpen steering response.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing the ride height alters the suspension geometry, so a four-wheel alignment should be carried out once the car has settled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBC Racing products are covered against defects in materials and workmanship. Contact us if you have any problem with your kit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BC Racing","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58918036472191,"sku":"BC-0030713","price":1709.05,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/BCRacingER-1_8bd91d4a-269d-43f0-9ce1-5d1cb12c8576.jpg?v=1792757397"},{"product_id":"bc-racing-er-series-coilovers-lexus-is-200-is-300-gxe10-jce10-99-05","title":"BC Racing ER-Series Coilovers Lexus IS-200 IS-300 GXE10 JCE10 99-05","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBC Racing ER-Series Coilovers for Lexus IS-200 IS-300 GXE10 JCE10 (1999-2005) – Height and Damping Adjustable, Corner Weight Adjustable\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese BC Racing ER-Series coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus IS-200 IS-300 GXE10 JCE10 (1999-2005) with a fully adjustable setup. You can set the ride height, damping and corner weights to suit the car, making them ideal for track days and hard fast road driving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ER-Series adds external reservoirs front and rear, increasing the oil and gas capacity of each damper. That keeps temperatures and damping consistent through long track sessions, and separate compression and rebound adjusters let you fine-tune how the car loads and unloads its tyres on corner entry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRide height is set by winding the bottom mount up or down the damper body rather than moving the spring, so full damper travel is kept whatever height you run. The lower spring platform also adjusts, so the car can be corner weighted for even tyre loading across each axle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring rates:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14\/10kg\/mm (F\/R)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 way damping adjustable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront:\u003c\/strong\u003e External reservoir - includes pillowball top mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear:\u003c\/strong\u003e External reservoir - includes pillowball top mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKit weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 23kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExternal reservoirs for extra oil and gas capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeparately adjustable compression and rebound damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRide height set at the bottom mount, so full damper travel is kept at any height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable lower spring platform for corner weighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack chromed damper bodies with anodised aluminium parts for corrosion resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePillowball or camber adjustable top mounts on many applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x front coilovers with springs (external reservoir - includes pillowball top mount)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x rear dampers and springs (external reservoir - includes pillowball top mount)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus IS-200 IS-300 GXE10 JCE10 99-05\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e other Lexus IS-200 IS-300 GXE10 JCE10 variants with a different drive layout, strut diameter or rear suspension type. Please check your chassis code and drive type against the fitment above before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs and bolt in to the original mounting points. Set the ride height and spring preload before final tightening, let the suspension settle, then recheck the height and have a four-wheel alignment carried out. We recommend professional fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUpgrade Further\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther BC Racing options for this car: \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-br-series-coilovers-lexus-is200-is300-gxe10-jec10-99-05\"\u003eBC Racing BR-Series Coilovers Lexus IS-200 IS-300 GXE10 JCE10 99-05 10\/6kg\u003c\/a\u003e; \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-ds-series-coilovers-lexus-is-200-is-300-gxe10-jce10-99-05-10-6kg\"\u003eBC Racing DS-Series Coilovers Lexus IS-200 IS-300 GXE10 JCE10 99-05 10\/6kg\u003c\/a\u003e; \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-zx-series-coilovers-lexus-is-200-is-300-gxe10-jce10-99-05\"\u003eBC Racing ZX-Series Coilovers Lexus IS-200 IS-300 GXE10 JCE10 99-05\u003c\/a\u003e. Keep a spare \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-coilover-adjustment-c-spanner\"\u003eBC Racing C-spanner\u003c\/a\u003e for adjusting the height and spring platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the ride height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Ride height is set by moving the bottom mount on the damper body, so you keep full damper travel at any height you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the damping adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ER-Series uses separate compression and rebound adjusters. Start from BC's base setting and adjust front and rear in small steps to suit the road or track.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these suitable for daily driving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey can be used on the road, but the ER-Series is designed mainly for track days and hard fast road driving. For a car that is mostly driven on the road, our V1 or BR-Series kits are a better fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit comes with 14\/10kg\/mm (F\/R) springs as standard. If you need different rates, contact us before ordering and we will check what is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill pillowball top mounts be noisier?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePillowball mounts are solid, so they transfer a little more noise and vibration than rubber mounts. In return they remove flex and sharpen steering response.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing the ride height alters the suspension geometry, so a four-wheel alignment should be carried out once the car has settled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBC Racing products are covered against defects in materials and workmanship. Contact us if you have any problem with your kit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BC Racing","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58918036504959,"sku":"BC-0040598","price":1709.05,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/BCRacingER-1_0d1cb316-7cdd-4c6d-bce2-df36fb8040fd.jpg?v=1792757398"},{"product_id":"bc-racing-er-series-coilovers-lexus-gs350-grl10-13","title":"BC Racing ER-Series Coilovers Lexus GS350 GRL10 13+","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBC Racing ER-Series Coilovers for Lexus GS350 GRL10 (2013 on) – Height and Damping Adjustable, Corner Weight Adjustable\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese BC Racing ER-Series coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus GS350 GRL10 (2013 on) with a fully adjustable setup. You can set the ride height, damping and corner weights to suit the car, making them ideal for track days and hard fast road driving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ER-Series adds external reservoirs front and rear, increasing the oil and gas capacity of each damper. That keeps temperatures and damping consistent through long track sessions, and separate compression and rebound adjusters let you fine-tune how the car loads and unloads its tyres on corner entry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRide height is set by winding the bottom mount up or down the damper body rather than moving the spring, so full damper travel is kept whatever height you run. The lower spring platform also adjusts, so the car can be corner weighted for even tyre loading across each axle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Separate compression and rebound adjusters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExternal reservoirs for extra oil and gas capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeparately adjustable compression and rebound damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRide height set at the bottom mount, so full damper travel is kept at any height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable lower spring platform for corner weighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack chromed damper bodies with anodised aluminium parts for corrosion resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePillowball or camber adjustable top mounts on many applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x front coilovers with springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x rear dampers and springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus GS350 GRL10 13+\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e other Lexus GS350 GRL10 variants with a different drive layout, strut diameter or rear suspension type. Please check your chassis code and drive type against the fitment above before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs and bolt in to the original mounting points. Set the ride height and spring preload before final tightening, let the suspension settle, then recheck the height and have a four-wheel alignment carried out. We recommend professional fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUpgrade Further\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep a spare \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-coilover-adjustment-c-spanner\"\u003eBC Racing C-spanner\u003c\/a\u003e for adjusting the height and spring platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the ride height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Ride height is set by moving the bottom mount on the damper body, so you keep full damper travel at any height you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the damping adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ER-Series uses separate compression and rebound adjusters. Start from BC's base setting and adjust front and rear in small steps to suit the road or track.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these suitable for daily driving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey can be used on the road, but the ER-Series is designed mainly for track days and hard fast road driving. For a car that is mostly driven on the road, our V1 or BR-Series kits are a better fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit comes with BC's standard spring rates for this car. If you need different rates, contact us before ordering and we will check what is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing the ride height alters the suspension geometry, so a four-wheel alignment should be carried out once the car has settled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBC Racing products are covered against defects in materials and workmanship. Contact us if you have any problem with your kit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BC Racing","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58918036537727,"sku":"BC-ER-R-20","price":1756.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/bc-racing-er-series-coilovers-lexus-gs350-grl10-13-399.webp?v=1792757398"},{"product_id":"bc-racing-er-series-coilovers-lexus-is250-gs300-gse20-06-13","title":"BC Racing ER-Series Coilovers Lexus IS250 GS300 GSE20 06-13","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBC Racing ER-Series Coilovers for Lexus IS250 GS300 GSE20 (2006-2013) – Height and Damping Adjustable, Corner Weight Adjustable\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese BC Racing ER-Series coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus IS250 GS300 GSE20 (2006-2013) with a fully adjustable setup. You can set the ride height, damping and corner weights to suit the car, making them ideal for track days and hard fast road driving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ER-Series adds external reservoirs front and rear, increasing the oil and gas capacity of each damper. That keeps temperatures and damping consistent through long track sessions, and separate compression and rebound adjusters let you fine-tune how the car loads and unloads its tyres on corner entry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRide height is set by winding the bottom mount up or down the damper body rather than moving the spring, so full damper travel is kept whatever height you run. The lower spring platform also adjusts, so the car can be corner weighted for even tyre loading across each axle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Separate compression and rebound adjusters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExternal reservoirs for extra oil and gas capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeparately adjustable compression and rebound damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRide height set at the bottom mount, so full damper travel is kept at any height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable lower spring platform for corner weighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack chromed damper bodies with anodised aluminium parts for corrosion resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePillowball or camber adjustable top mounts on many applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x front coilovers with springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x rear dampers and springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus IS250 GS300 GSE20 06-13\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e other Lexus IS250 GS300 GSE20 variants with a different drive layout, strut diameter or rear suspension type. Please check your chassis code and drive type against the fitment above before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs and bolt in to the original mounting points. Set the ride height and spring preload before final tightening, let the suspension settle, then recheck the height and have a four-wheel alignment carried out. We recommend professional fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUpgrade Further\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther BC Racing options for this car: \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-zr-series-coilovers-lexus-is250-gs300-gse20-06-13\"\u003eBC Racing ZR-Series Coilovers Lexus IS250 GS300 GSE20 06-13\u003c\/a\u003e. Keep a spare \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-coilover-adjustment-c-spanner\"\u003eBC Racing C-spanner\u003c\/a\u003e for adjusting the height and spring platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the ride height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Ride height is set by moving the bottom mount on the damper body, so you keep full damper travel at any height you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the damping adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ER-Series uses separate compression and rebound adjusters. Start from BC's base setting and adjust front and rear in small steps to suit the road or track.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these suitable for daily driving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey can be used on the road, but the ER-Series is designed mainly for track days and hard fast road driving. For a car that is mostly driven on the road, our V1 or BR-Series kits are a better fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit comes with BC's standard spring rates for this car. If you need different rates, contact us before ordering and we will check what is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing the ride height alters the suspension geometry, so a four-wheel alignment should be carried out once the car has settled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBC Racing products are covered against defects in materials and workmanship. Contact us if you have any problem with your kit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BC Racing","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58918037422463,"sku":"BC-ER-R-02","price":1756.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/bc-racing-er-series-coilovers-lexus-is250-gs300-gse20-06-13-911.webp?v=1792757407"},{"product_id":"bc-racing-er-series-coilovers-lexus-is-300h-gse30-31-17-front-fork","title":"BC Racing ER-Series Coilovers Lexus IS-300H GSE30\/31 17+ Front Fork","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBC Racing ER-Series Coilovers for Lexus IS-300H GSE30\/31 (2017 on) – Height and Damping Adjustable, Corner Weight Adjustable\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese BC Racing ER-Series coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus IS-300H GSE30\/31 (2017 on) with a fully adjustable setup. You can set the ride height, damping and corner weights to suit the car, making them ideal for track days and hard fast road driving. This kit is the Front Fork version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ER-Series adds external reservoirs front and rear, increasing the oil and gas capacity of each damper. That keeps temperatures and damping consistent through long track sessions, and separate compression and rebound adjusters let you fine-tune how the car loads and unloads its tyres on corner entry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRide height is set by winding the bottom mount up or down the damper body rather than moving the spring, so full damper travel is kept whatever height you run. The lower spring platform also adjusts, so the car can be corner weighted for even tyre loading across each axle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring rates:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6\/8kg\/mm (F\/R)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 way damping adjustable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront:\u003c\/strong\u003e External reservoir - includes pillowball top mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear:\u003c\/strong\u003e External reservoir - includes pillowball top mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKit weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 23kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExternal reservoirs for extra oil and gas capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeparately adjustable compression and rebound damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRide height set at the bottom mount, so full damper travel is kept at any height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable lower spring platform for corner weighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack chromed damper bodies with anodised aluminium parts for corrosion resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePillowball or camber adjustable top mounts on many applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x front coilovers with springs (external reservoir - includes pillowball top mount)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x rear dampers and springs (external reservoir - includes pillowball top mount)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus IS-300H GSE30\/31 17+ (RWD Front Fork)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e other Lexus IS-300H GSE30\/31 variants with a different drive layout, strut diameter or rear suspension type. Please check your chassis code and drive type against the fitment above before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs and bolt in to the original mounting points. Set the ride height and spring preload before final tightening, let the suspension settle, then recheck the height and have a four-wheel alignment carried out. We recommend professional fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUpgrade Further\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther BC Racing options for this car: \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-br-series-coilovers-lexus-is300h-gse30-gse31-17-front-fork-rwd\"\u003eBC Racing BR-Series Coilovers Lexus IS-300H GSE30\/31 17+ Front Fork\u003c\/a\u003e; \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-zx-series-coilovers-lexus-is-300h-gse30-31-17-front-fork\"\u003eBC Racing ZX-Series Coilovers Lexus IS-300H GSE30\/31 17+ Front Fork\u003c\/a\u003e. Keep a spare \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-coilover-adjustment-c-spanner\"\u003eBC Racing C-spanner\u003c\/a\u003e for adjusting the height and spring platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the ride height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Ride height is set by moving the bottom mount on the damper body, so you keep full damper travel at any height you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the damping adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ER-Series uses separate compression and rebound adjusters. Start from BC's base setting and adjust front and rear in small steps to suit the road or track.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these suitable for daily driving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey can be used on the road, but the ER-Series is designed mainly for track days and hard fast road driving. For a car that is mostly driven on the road, our V1 or BR-Series kits are a better fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit comes with 6\/8kg\/mm (F\/R) springs as standard. If you need different rates, contact us before ordering and we will check what is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill pillowball top mounts be noisier?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePillowball mounts are solid, so they transfer a little more noise and vibration than rubber mounts. In return they remove flex and sharpen steering response.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing the ride height alters the suspension geometry, so a four-wheel alignment should be carried out once the car has settled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBC Racing products are covered against defects in materials and workmanship. Contact us if you have any problem with your kit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BC Racing","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58918037520767,"sku":"BC-0033191","price":1756.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/BCRacingER-1_22f557ca-95ee-4a52-8e2d-03edbdec84d2.jpg?v=1792757405"},{"product_id":"bc-racing-rm-series-coilovers-lexus-ct-200h-zwa10-11-17","title":"BC Racing RM-Series Coilovers Lexus CT-200H ZWA10 11-17","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBC Racing RM-Series Coilovers for Lexus CT-200H ZWA10 (2011-2017) – Height and Damping Adjustable, Corner Weight Adjustable\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese BC Racing RM-Series coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus CT-200H ZWA10 (2011-2017) with a fully adjustable setup. You can set the ride height, damping and corner weights to suit the car, making them ideal for serious fast road and track cars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe RM-Series uses inverted monotube dampers at the front, or front and rear depending on the car. Inverting the damper increases strength and resistance to side loads, reduces unsprung weight and moves the oil away from heat coming through the hub from the brakes. Damping is set with a single 30-way adjuster.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRide height is set by winding the bottom mount up or down the damper body rather than moving the spring, so full damper travel is kept whatever height you run. The lower spring platform also adjusts, so the car can be corner weighted for even tyre loading across each axle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e A single 30-way adjuster that sets rebound and compression together\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring rates:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5\/6kg\/mm (F\/R)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront:\u003c\/strong\u003e Inverted shock - camber pillowball top mount or without top mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear:\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes rubber top mount or without top mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCamber adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Front camber adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKit weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 23kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInverted monotube dampers for added rigidity and lower unsprung weight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30-way damping adjustment through a single adjuster\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRide height set at the bottom mount, so full damper travel is kept at any height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable lower spring platform for corner weighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust boots to protect the damper seals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack chromed damper bodies with anodised aluminium parts for corrosion resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x front coilovers with springs (inverted shock - camber pillowball top mount or without top mount)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x rear dampers and springs (includes rubber top mount or without top mount)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus CT-200H ZWA10 11-17\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e other Lexus CT-200H ZWA10 variants with a different drive layout, strut diameter or rear suspension type. Please check your chassis code and drive type against the fitment above before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs and bolt in to the original mounting points. Set the ride height and spring preload before final tightening, let the suspension settle, then recheck the height and have a four-wheel alignment carried out. We recommend professional fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUpgrade Further\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther BC Racing options for this car: \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-br-series-coilovers-lexus-ct200h-zwa10-11\"\u003eBC Racing BR-Series Coilovers Lexus CT-200H ZWA10 11-17 6\/6kg\u003c\/a\u003e. Keep a spare \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-coilover-adjustment-c-spanner\"\u003eBC Racing C-spanner\u003c\/a\u003e for adjusting the height and spring platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the ride height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Ride height is set by moving the bottom mount on the damper body, so you keep full damper travel at any height you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the damping adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe RM-Series uses a single 30-way adjuster that sets rebound and compression together. Start from BC's base setting and adjust front and rear in small steps to suit the road or track.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these suitable for daily driving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Set to a sensible height and softer damping, they work well on the road while giving sharper handling than standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit comes with 5\/6kg\/mm (F\/R) springs as standard. If you need different rates, contact us before ordering and we will check what is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill pillowball top mounts be noisier?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePillowball mounts are solid, so they transfer a little more noise and vibration than rubber mounts. In return they remove flex and sharpen steering response.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing the ride height alters the suspension geometry, so a four-wheel alignment should be carried out once the car has settled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBC Racing products are covered against defects in materials and workmanship. Contact us if you have any problem with your kit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BC Racing","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58918210208127,"sku":"BC-0030775","price":1177.05,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/BCRacingRM-1_ba2b456a-8959-46f9-9c25-7bb6b7bbba87.jpg?v=1792758178"},{"product_id":"bc-racing-rm-series-coilovers-lexus-es-300-mcv30-02-06","title":"BC Racing RM-Series Coilovers Lexus ES-300 MCV30 02-06","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBC Racing RM-Series Coilovers for Lexus ES-300 MCV30 (2002-2006) – Height and Damping Adjustable, Corner Weight Adjustable\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese BC Racing RM-Series coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus ES-300 MCV30 (2002-2006) with a fully adjustable setup. You can set the ride height, damping and corner weights to suit the car, making them ideal for serious fast road and track cars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe RM-Series uses inverted monotube dampers at the front, or front and rear depending on the car. Inverting the damper increases strength and resistance to side loads, reduces unsprung weight and moves the oil away from heat coming through the hub from the brakes. Damping is set with a single 30-way adjuster.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRide height is set by winding the bottom mount up or down the damper body rather than moving the spring, so full damper travel is kept whatever height you run. The lower spring platform also adjusts, so the car can be corner weighted for even tyre loading across each axle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e A single 30-way adjuster that sets rebound and compression together\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring rates:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6\/3kg\/mm (F\/R)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront:\u003c\/strong\u003e Inverted damper with pillowball top mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear:\u003c\/strong\u003e Inverted damper with pillowball top mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCamber adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Front camber adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKit weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 23kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInverted monotube dampers for added rigidity and lower unsprung weight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30-way damping adjustment through a single adjuster\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRide height set at the bottom mount, so full damper travel is kept at any height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable lower spring platform for corner weighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust boots to protect the damper seals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack chromed damper bodies with anodised aluminium parts for corrosion resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x front coilovers with springs (inverted damper with pillowball top mount)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x rear dampers and springs (inverted damper with pillowball top mount)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus ES-300 MCV30 02-06\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e other Lexus ES-300 MCV30 variants with a different drive layout, strut diameter or rear suspension type. Please check your chassis code and drive type against the fitment above before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs and bolt in to the original mounting points. Set the ride height and spring preload before final tightening, let the suspension settle, then recheck the height and have a four-wheel alignment carried out. We recommend professional fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUpgrade Further\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther BC Racing options for this car: \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-br-series-coilovers-lexus-es300-mcv30-02-06\"\u003eBC Racing BR-Series Coilovers Lexus ES-300 MCV30 02-06\u003c\/a\u003e. Keep a spare \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-coilover-adjustment-c-spanner\"\u003eBC Racing C-spanner\u003c\/a\u003e for adjusting the height and spring platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the ride height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Ride height is set by moving the bottom mount on the damper body, so you keep full damper travel at any height you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the damping adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe RM-Series uses a single 30-way adjuster that sets rebound and compression together. Start from BC's base setting and adjust front and rear in small steps to suit the road or track.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these suitable for daily driving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Set to a sensible height and softer damping, they work well on the road while giving sharper handling than standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit comes with 6\/3kg\/mm (F\/R) springs as standard. If you need different rates, contact us before ordering and we will check what is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill pillowball top mounts be noisier?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePillowball mounts are solid, so they transfer a little more noise and vibration than rubber mounts. In return they remove flex and sharpen steering response.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing the ride height alters the suspension geometry, so a four-wheel alignment should be carried out once the car has settled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBC Racing products are covered against defects in materials and workmanship. Contact us if you have any problem with your kit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BC Racing","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58918210306431,"sku":"BC-0007573","price":1329.05,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/BCRacingRM-1_9309dd68-edd1-43d7-b532-5e6e461ccadc.jpg?v=1792758178"},{"product_id":"bc-racing-rm-series-coilovers-lexus-es300h-xv60-13","title":"BC Racing RM-Series Coilovers Lexus ES300H XV60 13+","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBC Racing RM-Series Coilovers for Lexus ES300H XV60 (2013 on) – Height and Damping Adjustable, Corner Weight Adjustable\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese BC Racing RM-Series coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus ES300H XV60 (2013 on) with a fully adjustable setup. You can set the ride height, damping and corner weights to suit the car, making them ideal for serious fast road and track cars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe RM-Series uses inverted monotube dampers at the front, or front and rear depending on the car. Inverting the damper increases strength and resistance to side loads, reduces unsprung weight and moves the oil away from heat coming through the hub from the brakes. Damping is set with a single 30-way adjuster.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRide height is set by winding the bottom mount up or down the damper body rather than moving the spring, so full damper travel is kept whatever height you run. The lower spring platform also adjusts, so the car can be corner weighted for even tyre loading across each axle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e A single 30-way adjuster that sets rebound and compression together\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInverted monotube dampers for added rigidity and lower unsprung weight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30-way damping adjustment through a single adjuster\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRide height set at the bottom mount, so full damper travel is kept at any height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable lower spring platform for corner weighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust boots to protect the damper seals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack chromed damper bodies with anodised aluminium parts for corrosion resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x front coilovers with springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x rear dampers and springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus ES300H XV60 13+\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e other Lexus ES300H XV60 variants with a different drive layout, strut diameter or rear suspension type. Please check your chassis code and drive type against the fitment above before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs and bolt in to the original mounting points. Set the ride height and spring preload before final tightening, let the suspension settle, then recheck the height and have a four-wheel alignment carried out. We recommend professional fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUpgrade Further\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep a spare \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-coilover-adjustment-c-spanner\"\u003eBC Racing C-spanner\u003c\/a\u003e for adjusting the height and spring platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the ride height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Ride height is set by moving the bottom mount on the damper body, so you keep full damper travel at any height you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the damping adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe RM-Series uses a single 30-way adjuster that sets rebound and compression together. Start from BC's base setting and adjust front and rear in small steps to suit the road or track.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these suitable for daily driving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Set to a sensible height and softer damping, they work well on the road while giving sharper handling than standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit comes with BC's standard spring rates for this car. If you need different rates, contact us before ordering and we will check what is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing the ride height alters the suspension geometry, so a four-wheel alignment should be carried out once the car has settled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBC Racing products are covered against defects in materials and workmanship. Contact us if you have any problem with your kit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BC Racing","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58918211060095,"sku":"BC-RM MH-R-23","price":1177.05,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/bc-racing-rm-series-coilovers-lexus-es300h-xv60-13-672.webp?v=1792758185"},{"product_id":"bc-racing-v1-series-coilovers-lexus-es-250-vzv21-89-91","title":"BC Racing V1-Series Coilovers Lexus ES-250 VZV21 89-91","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBC Racing V1-Series Coilovers for Lexus ES-250 VZV21 (1989-1991) – Height and Damping Adjustable, Corner Weight Adjustable\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese BC Racing V1-Series coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus ES-250 VZV21 (1989-1991) with a fully adjustable setup. You can set the ride height, damping and corner weights to suit the car, making them ideal for a daily driven or fast road car where you want sharper handling without giving up everyday comfort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe V1-Series uses a 44mm piston in a 50mm damper body. The larger body holds more oil, which keeps temperatures down and damping more consistent, and a single 30-way adjuster sets rebound and compression together for quick, simple changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRide height is set by winding the bottom mount up or down the damper body rather than moving the spring, so full damper travel is kept whatever height you run. The lower spring platform also adjusts, so the car can be corner weighted for even tyre loading across each axle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e A single 30-way adjuster that sets rebound and compression together\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring rates:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6\/3kg\/mm (F\/R)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront:\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes rubber top mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear:\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes rubber top mount or no top mount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKit weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 23kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30-way damping adjustment through a single adjuster\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e44mm piston in a 50mm damper body for greater oil capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRide height set at the bottom mount, so full damper travel is kept at any height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable lower spring platform for corner weighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack chromed damper bodies with anodised aluminium parts for corrosion resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePillowball or camber adjustable top mounts on many applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x front coilovers with springs (includes rubber top mount)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x rear dampers and springs (includes rubber top mount or no top mount)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus ES-250 VZV21 89-91\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e other Lexus ES-250 VZV21 variants with a different drive layout, strut diameter or rear suspension type. Please check your chassis code and drive type against the fitment above before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs and bolt in to the original mounting points. Set the ride height and spring preload before final tightening, let the suspension settle, then recheck the height and have a four-wheel alignment carried out. We recommend professional fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUpgrade Further\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep a spare \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-coilover-adjustment-c-spanner\"\u003eBC Racing C-spanner\u003c\/a\u003e for adjusting the height and spring platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the ride height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Ride height is set by moving the bottom mount on the damper body, so you keep full damper travel at any height you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the damping adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe V1-Series uses a single 30-way adjuster that sets rebound and compression together. Start from BC's base setting and adjust front and rear in small steps to suit the road or track.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these suitable for daily driving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Set to a sensible height and softer damping, they work well on the road while giving sharper handling than standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit comes with 6\/3kg\/mm (F\/R) springs as standard. If you need different rates, contact us before ordering and we will check what is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing the ride height alters the suspension geometry, so a four-wheel alignment should be carried out once the car has settled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBC Racing products are covered against defects in materials and workmanship. Contact us if you have any problem with your kit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BC Racing","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58918335414655,"sku":"BC-0008106","price":901.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/BCRacingV1-1_c81a9603-b725-4fee-8300-ea967bef1c10.jpg?v=1792758958"},{"product_id":"bc-racing-zr-series-coilovers-lexus-gs300-gs350-gs450h-grs191-uzs190-06-12","title":"BC Racing ZR-Series Coilovers Lexus GS300 GS350 GS450H GRS191 UZS190 06-12","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBC Racing ZR-Series Coilovers for Lexus GS300 GS350 GS450H GRS191 UZS190 (2006-2012) – Height and Damping Adjustable, Corner Weight Adjustable\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese BC Racing ZR-Series coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus GS300 GS350 GS450H GRS191 UZS190 (2006-2012) with a fully adjustable setup. You can set the ride height, damping and corner weights to suit the car, making them ideal for track and motorsport use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ZR-Series is a 3-way adjustable system with independent high-speed compression, low-speed compression and rebound adjustment. On strut cars it uses inverted monotube dampers with Teflon-coated braided lines to external reservoirs that can be remotely mounted in the engine bay or boot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRide height is set by winding the bottom mount up or down the damper body rather than moving the spring, so full damper travel is kept whatever height you run. The lower spring platform also adjusts, so the car can be corner weighted for even tyre loading across each axle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-way adjustment: rebound, low-speed compression and high-speed compression\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-way adjustable damping: rebound, low-speed and high-speed compression\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExternal reservoirs with Teflon-coated braided lines (inverted strut applications)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDual piston design (one in the reservoir, one in the damper)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully rebuildable monotube dampers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRide height adjustable independently of spring preload and damper travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable lower spring platform for corner weighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePatented concave lower locking collar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x front coilovers with springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x rear dampers and springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus GS300 GS350 GS450H GRS191 UZS190 06-12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e other Lexus GS300 GS350 GS450H GRS191 UZS190 variants with a different drive layout, strut diameter or rear suspension type. Please check your chassis code and drive type against the fitment above before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs and bolt in to the original mounting points. Set the ride height and spring preload before final tightening, let the suspension settle, then recheck the height and have a four-wheel alignment carried out. We recommend professional fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUpgrade Further\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep a spare \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-coilover-adjustment-c-spanner\"\u003eBC Racing C-spanner\u003c\/a\u003e for adjusting the height and spring platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the ride height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Ride height is set by moving the bottom mount on the damper body, so you keep full damper travel at any height you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the damping adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ZR-Series uses 3-way adjustment: rebound, low-speed compression and high-speed compression. Start from BC's base setting and adjust front and rear in small steps to suit the road or track.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these suitable for daily driving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey can be used on the road, but the ZR-Series is designed mainly for track and motorsport use. For a car that is mostly driven on the road, our V1 or BR-Series kits are a better fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit comes with BC's standard spring rates for this car. If you need different rates, contact us before ordering and we will check what is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing the ride height alters the suspension geometry, so a four-wheel alignment should be carried out once the car has settled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBC Racing products are covered against defects in materials and workmanship. Contact us if you have any problem with your kit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BC Racing","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58918399574399,"sku":"BC-0009270","price":1956.05,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/bc-racing-zr-series-coilovers-lexus-gs300-gs350-gs450h-grs191-uzs190-06-12-765.webp?v=1792759373"},{"product_id":"bc-racing-zr-series-coilovers-lexus-gs300-jzs160-jzs161-98-05","title":"BC Racing ZR-Series Coilovers Lexus GS300 JZS160 JZS161 98-05","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBC Racing ZR-Series Coilovers for Lexus GS300 JZS160 JZS161 (1998-2005) – Height and Damping Adjustable, Corner Weight Adjustable\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese BC Racing ZR-Series coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus GS300 JZS160 JZS161 (1998-2005) with a fully adjustable setup. You can set the ride height, damping and corner weights to suit the car, making them ideal for track and motorsport use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ZR-Series is a 3-way adjustable system with independent high-speed compression, low-speed compression and rebound adjustment. On strut cars it uses inverted monotube dampers with Teflon-coated braided lines to external reservoirs that can be remotely mounted in the engine bay or boot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRide height is set by winding the bottom mount up or down the damper body rather than moving the spring, so full damper travel is kept whatever height you run. The lower spring platform also adjusts, so the car can be corner weighted for even tyre loading across each axle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-way adjustment: rebound, low-speed compression and high-speed compression\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-way adjustable damping: rebound, low-speed and high-speed compression\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExternal reservoirs with Teflon-coated braided lines (inverted strut applications)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDual piston design (one in the reservoir, one in the damper)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully rebuildable monotube dampers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRide height adjustable independently of spring preload and damper travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable lower spring platform for corner weighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePatented concave lower locking collar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x front coilovers with springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x rear dampers and springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus GS300 JZS160 JZS161 98-05\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e other Lexus GS300 JZS160 JZS161 variants with a different drive layout, strut diameter or rear suspension type. Please check your chassis code and drive type against the fitment above before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs and bolt in to the original mounting points. Set the ride height and spring preload before final tightening, let the suspension settle, then recheck the height and have a four-wheel alignment carried out. We recommend professional fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUpgrade Further\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep a spare \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-coilover-adjustment-c-spanner\"\u003eBC Racing C-spanner\u003c\/a\u003e for adjusting the height and spring platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the ride height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Ride height is set by moving the bottom mount on the damper body, so you keep full damper travel at any height you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the damping adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ZR-Series uses 3-way adjustment: rebound, low-speed compression and high-speed compression. Start from BC's base setting and adjust front and rear in small steps to suit the road or track.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these suitable for daily driving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey can be used on the road, but the ZR-Series is designed mainly for track and motorsport use. For a car that is mostly driven on the road, our V1 or BR-Series kits are a better fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit comes with BC's standard spring rates for this car. If you need different rates, contact us before ordering and we will check what is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing the ride height alters the suspension geometry, so a four-wheel alignment should be carried out once the car has settled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBC Racing products are covered against defects in materials and workmanship. Contact us if you have any problem with your kit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BC Racing","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58918400688511,"sku":"BC-ZR-R-03","price":2051.05,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/bc-racing-zr-series-coilovers-lexus-gs300-jzs160-jzs161-98-05-477.webp?v=1792759379"},{"product_id":"bc-racing-zr-series-coilovers-lexus-is200-is300-gxe10-jec10-99-05","title":"BC Racing ZR-Series Coilovers Lexus IS200 IS300 GXE10 JEC10 99-05","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBC Racing ZR-Series Coilovers for Lexus IS200 IS300 GXE10 JEC10 (1999-2005) – Height and Damping Adjustable, Corner Weight Adjustable\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese BC Racing ZR-Series coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus IS200 IS300 GXE10 JEC10 (1999-2005) with a fully adjustable setup. You can set the ride height, damping and corner weights to suit the car, making them ideal for track and motorsport use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ZR-Series is a 3-way adjustable system with independent high-speed compression, low-speed compression and rebound adjustment. On strut cars it uses inverted monotube dampers with Teflon-coated braided lines to external reservoirs that can be remotely mounted in the engine bay or boot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRide height is set by winding the bottom mount up or down the damper body rather than moving the spring, so full damper travel is kept whatever height you run. The lower spring platform also adjusts, so the car can be corner weighted for even tyre loading across each axle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-way adjustment: rebound, low-speed compression and high-speed compression\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-way adjustable damping: rebound, low-speed and high-speed compression\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExternal reservoirs with Teflon-coated braided lines (inverted strut applications)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDual piston design (one in the reservoir, one in the damper)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully rebuildable monotube dampers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRide height adjustable independently of spring preload and damper travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable lower spring platform for corner weighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePatented concave lower locking collar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x front coilovers with springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x rear dampers and springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus IS200 IS300 GXE10 JEC10 99-05\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e other Lexus IS200 IS300 GXE10 JEC10 variants with a different drive layout, strut diameter or rear suspension type. Please check your chassis code and drive type against the fitment above before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs and bolt in to the original mounting points. Set the ride height and spring preload before final tightening, let the suspension settle, then recheck the height and have a four-wheel alignment carried out. We recommend professional fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUpgrade Further\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep a spare \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-coilover-adjustment-c-spanner\"\u003eBC Racing C-spanner\u003c\/a\u003e for adjusting the height and spring platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the ride height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Ride height is set by moving the bottom mount on the damper body, so you keep full damper travel at any height you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the damping adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ZR-Series uses 3-way adjustment: rebound, low-speed compression and high-speed compression. Start from BC's base setting and adjust front and rear in small steps to suit the road or track.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these suitable for daily driving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey can be used on the road, but the ZR-Series is designed mainly for track and motorsport use. For a car that is mostly driven on the road, our V1 or BR-Series kits are a better fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit comes with BC's standard spring rates for this car. If you need different rates, contact us before ordering and we will check what is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing the ride height alters the suspension geometry, so a four-wheel alignment should be carried out once the car has settled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBC Racing products are covered against defects in materials and workmanship. Contact us if you have any problem with your kit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BC Racing","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58918400983423,"sku":"BC-0009268","price":1956.05,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/bc-racing-zr-series-coilovers-lexus-is200-is300-gxe10-jec10-99-05-948.webp?v=1792759380"},{"product_id":"bc-racing-zr-series-coilovers-lexus-is250-gs300-gse20-06-13","title":"BC Racing ZR-Series Coilovers Lexus IS250 GS300 GSE20 06-13","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBC Racing ZR-Series Coilovers for Lexus IS250 GS300 GSE20 (2006-2013) – Height and Damping Adjustable, Corner Weight Adjustable\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese BC Racing ZR-Series coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus IS250 GS300 GSE20 (2006-2013) with a fully adjustable setup. You can set the ride height, damping and corner weights to suit the car, making them ideal for track and motorsport use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ZR-Series is a 3-way adjustable system with independent high-speed compression, low-speed compression and rebound adjustment. On strut cars it uses inverted monotube dampers with Teflon-coated braided lines to external reservoirs that can be remotely mounted in the engine bay or boot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRide height is set by winding the bottom mount up or down the damper body rather than moving the spring, so full damper travel is kept whatever height you run. The lower spring platform also adjusts, so the car can be corner weighted for even tyre loading across each axle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-way adjustment: rebound, low-speed compression and high-speed compression\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-way adjustable damping: rebound, low-speed and high-speed compression\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExternal reservoirs with Teflon-coated braided lines (inverted strut applications)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDual piston design (one in the reservoir, one in the damper)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully rebuildable monotube dampers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRide height adjustable independently of spring preload and damper travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable lower spring platform for corner weighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePatented concave lower locking collar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x front coilovers with springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x rear dampers and springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus IS250 GS300 GSE20 06-13\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e other Lexus IS250 GS300 GSE20 variants with a different drive layout, strut diameter or rear suspension type. Please check your chassis code and drive type against the fitment above before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs and bolt in to the original mounting points. Set the ride height and spring preload before final tightening, let the suspension settle, then recheck the height and have a four-wheel alignment carried out. We recommend professional fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUpgrade Further\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther BC Racing options for this car: \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-er-series-coilovers-lexus-is250-gs300-gse20-06-13\"\u003eBC Racing ER-Series Coilovers Lexus IS250 GS300 GSE20 06-13\u003c\/a\u003e. Keep a spare \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-coilover-adjustment-c-spanner\"\u003eBC Racing C-spanner\u003c\/a\u003e for adjusting the height and spring platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the ride height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Ride height is set by moving the bottom mount on the damper body, so you keep full damper travel at any height you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the damping adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ZR-Series uses 3-way adjustment: rebound, low-speed compression and high-speed compression. Start from BC's base setting and adjust front and rear in small steps to suit the road or track.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these suitable for daily driving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey can be used on the road, but the ZR-Series is designed mainly for track and motorsport use. For a car that is mostly driven on the road, our V1 or BR-Series kits are a better fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit comes with BC's standard spring rates for this car. If you need different rates, contact us before ordering and we will check what is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing the ride height alters the suspension geometry, so a four-wheel alignment should be carried out once the car has settled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBC Racing products are covered against defects in materials and workmanship. Contact us if you have any problem with your kit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BC Racing","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58918401114495,"sku":"BC-0009269","price":1956.05,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/bc-racing-zr-series-coilovers-lexus-is250-gs300-gse20-06-13-489.webp?v=1792759381"},{"product_id":"bc-racing-zx-series-coilovers-lexus-gs-300-jzs160-161-98-05","title":"BC Racing ZX-Series Coilovers Lexus GS-300 JZS160\/161 98-05","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBC Racing ZX-Series Coilovers for Lexus GS-300 JZS160\/161 (1998-2005) – Height and Damping Adjustable, Corner Weight Adjustable\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese BC Racing ZX-Series coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus GS-300 JZS160\/161 (1998-2005) with a fully adjustable setup. You can set the ride height, damping and corner weights to suit the car, making them ideal for racing, track and drift use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ZX-Series is designed for racing, track and drift use. It offers 3-way adjustment with 30 clicks of rebound, 20 clicks of low-speed compression and 12 clicks of high-speed compression, and uses an upright damper design so the upper mount can be changed. External canisters and high viscosity index racing fluid keep performance consistent over long sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRide height is set by winding the bottom mount up or down the damper body rather than moving the spring, so full damper travel is kept whatever height you run. The lower spring platform also adjusts, so the car can be corner weighted for even tyre loading across each axle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring rates:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10\/8kg\/mm (F\/R)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-way adjustable - 30 clicks rebound, 20 clicks low speed compression, 12 clicks high speed compression\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKit weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-way adjustable: 30 rebound, 20 low-speed and 12 high-speed compression clicks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExternal canisters for extra fluid capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpright damper design allowing the upper mount to be changed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh viscosity index racing damper fluid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRide height set at the bottom mount, so full damper travel is kept at any height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable lower spring platform for corner weighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x front coilovers with springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x rear dampers and springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus GS-300 JZS160\/161 98-05\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e other Lexus GS-300 JZS160\/161 variants with a different drive layout, strut diameter or rear suspension type. Please check your chassis code and drive type against the fitment above before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs and bolt in to the original mounting points. Set the ride height and spring preload before final tightening, let the suspension settle, then recheck the height and have a four-wheel alignment carried out. We recommend professional fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUpgrade Further\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther BC Racing options for this car: \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-br-series-coilovers-lexus-gs300-jzs160-jzs161-98-05\"\u003eBC Racing BR-Series Coilovers Lexus GS-300 JZS160\/161 98-05 10\/7kg\u003c\/a\u003e; \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-er-series-coilovers-lexus-gs300-jzs160-jzs161-98-05\"\u003eBC Racing ER-Series Coilovers Lexus GS-300 JZS160\/161 98-05\u003c\/a\u003e. Keep a spare \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-coilover-adjustment-c-spanner\"\u003eBC Racing C-spanner\u003c\/a\u003e for adjusting the height and spring platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the ride height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Ride height is set by moving the bottom mount on the damper body, so you keep full damper travel at any height you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the damping adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ZX-Series uses 3-way adjustment with 30 clicks of rebound, 20 clicks of low-speed compression and 12 clicks of high-speed compression. Start from BC's base setting and adjust front and rear in small steps to suit the road or track.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these suitable for daily driving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey can be used on the road, but the ZX-Series is designed mainly for racing, track and drift use. For a car that is mostly driven on the road, our V1 or BR-Series kits are a better fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit comes with 10\/8kg\/mm (F\/R) springs as standard. If you need different rates, contact us before ordering and we will check what is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing the ride height alters the suspension geometry, so a four-wheel alignment should be carried out once the car has settled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBC Racing products are covered against defects in materials and workmanship. Contact us if you have any problem with your kit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BC Racing","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58918490276223,"sku":"BC-0071745","price":1865.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/BCRacingZX-1_9f3437b0-deed-44d4-8d3e-88196c250c41.jpg?v=1792759740"},{"product_id":"bc-racing-zx-series-coilovers-lexus-gs-300-350-450h-grs191-uzs190-06-12","title":"BC Racing ZX-Series Coilovers Lexus GS-300\/350\/450H GRS191 UZS190 06-12","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBC Racing ZX-Series Coilovers for Lexus GS-300\/350\/450H GRS191 UZS190 (2006-2012) – Height and Damping Adjustable, Corner Weight Adjustable\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese BC Racing ZX-Series coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus GS-300\/350\/450H GRS191 UZS190 (2006-2012) with a fully adjustable setup. You can set the ride height, damping and corner weights to suit the car, making them ideal for racing, track and drift use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ZX-Series is designed for racing, track and drift use. It offers 3-way adjustment with 30 clicks of rebound, 20 clicks of low-speed compression and 12 clicks of high-speed compression, and uses an upright damper design so the upper mount can be changed. External canisters and high viscosity index racing fluid keep performance consistent over long sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRide height is set by winding the bottom mount up or down the damper body rather than moving the spring, so full damper travel is kept whatever height you run. The lower spring platform also adjusts, so the car can be corner weighted for even tyre loading across each axle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring rates:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10\/7kg\/mm (F\/R)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-way adjustable - 30 clicks rebound, 20 clicks low speed compression, 12 clicks high speed compression\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKit weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-way adjustable: 30 rebound, 20 low-speed and 12 high-speed compression clicks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExternal canisters for extra fluid capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpright damper design allowing the upper mount to be changed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh viscosity index racing damper fluid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRide height set at the bottom mount, so full damper travel is kept at any height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable lower spring platform for corner weighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x front coilovers with springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x rear dampers and springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus GS-300\/350\/450H GRS191 UZS190 06-12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e other Lexus GS-300\/350\/450H GRS191 UZS190 variants with a different drive layout, strut diameter or rear suspension type. Please check your chassis code and drive type against the fitment above before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs and bolt in to the original mounting points. Set the ride height and spring preload before final tightening, let the suspension settle, then recheck the height and have a four-wheel alignment carried out. We recommend professional fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUpgrade Further\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther BC Racing options for this car: \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-br-series-coilovers-lexus-gs300-gs350-gs450h-grs191-uzs190-06-12\"\u003eBC Racing BR-Series Coilovers Lexus GS-300\/350\/450H GRS191 UZS190 06-12\u003c\/a\u003e; \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-er-series-coilovers-lexus-gs300-gs350-gs450h-grs191-uzs190-06-12\"\u003eBC Racing ER-Series Coilovers Lexus GS-300\/350\/450H GRS191 UZS190 06-12\u003c\/a\u003e. Keep a spare \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-coilover-adjustment-c-spanner\"\u003eBC Racing C-spanner\u003c\/a\u003e for adjusting the height and spring platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the ride height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Ride height is set by moving the bottom mount on the damper body, so you keep full damper travel at any height you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the damping adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ZX-Series uses 3-way adjustment with 30 clicks of rebound, 20 clicks of low-speed compression and 12 clicks of high-speed compression. Start from BC's base setting and adjust front and rear in small steps to suit the road or track.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these suitable for daily driving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey can be used on the road, but the ZX-Series is designed mainly for racing, track and drift use. For a car that is mostly driven on the road, our V1 or BR-Series kits are a better fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit comes with 10\/7kg\/mm (F\/R) springs as standard. If you need different rates, contact us before ordering and we will check what is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing the ride height alters the suspension geometry, so a four-wheel alignment should be carried out once the car has settled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBC Racing products are covered against defects in materials and workmanship. Contact us if you have any problem with your kit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BC Racing","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58918490931583,"sku":"BC-0071747","price":1865.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/BCRacingZX-1_29566479-e460-4080-b4af-41e3cbbc8916.jpg?v=1792759742"},{"product_id":"bc-racing-zx-series-coilovers-lexus-gs-350-grl10-13-20","title":"BC Racing ZX-Series Coilovers Lexus GS-350 GRL10 13-20","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBC Racing ZX-Series Coilovers for Lexus GS-350 GRL10 (2013-2020) – Height and Damping Adjustable, Corner Weight Adjustable\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese BC Racing ZX-Series coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus GS-350 GRL10 (2013-2020) with a fully adjustable setup. You can set the ride height, damping and corner weights to suit the car, making them ideal for racing, track and drift use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ZX-Series is designed for racing, track and drift use. It offers 3-way adjustment with 30 clicks of rebound, 20 clicks of low-speed compression and 12 clicks of high-speed compression, and uses an upright damper design so the upper mount can be changed. External canisters and high viscosity index racing fluid keep performance consistent over long sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRide height is set by winding the bottom mount up or down the damper body rather than moving the spring, so full damper travel is kept whatever height you run. The lower spring platform also adjusts, so the car can be corner weighted for even tyre loading across each axle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring rates:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9\/10kg\/mm (F\/R)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-way adjustable - 30 clicks rebound, 20 clicks low speed compression, 12 clicks high speed compression\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKit weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-way adjustable: 30 rebound, 20 low-speed and 12 high-speed compression clicks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExternal canisters for extra fluid capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpright damper design allowing the upper mount to be changed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh viscosity index racing damper fluid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRide height set at the bottom mount, so full damper travel is kept at any height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable lower spring platform for corner weighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x front coilovers with springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x rear dampers and springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus GS-350 GRL10 13-20\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e other Lexus GS-350 GRL10 variants with a different drive layout, strut diameter or rear suspension type. Please check your chassis code and drive type against the fitment above before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs and bolt in to the original mounting points. Set the ride height and spring preload before final tightening, let the suspension settle, then recheck the height and have a four-wheel alignment carried out. We recommend professional fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUpgrade Further\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther BC Racing options for this car: \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-br-series-coilovers-lexus-gs350-grl10-13\"\u003eBC Racing BR-Series Coilovers Lexus GS-350 GRL10 13-20\u003c\/a\u003e; \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-ds-series-coilovers-lexus-gs-350-grl10-13-20-9-10kg\"\u003eBC Racing DS-Series Coilovers Lexus GS-350 GRL10 13-20 9\/10kg\u003c\/a\u003e. Keep a spare \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-coilover-adjustment-c-spanner\"\u003eBC Racing C-spanner\u003c\/a\u003e for adjusting the height and spring platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the ride height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Ride height is set by moving the bottom mount on the damper body, so you keep full damper travel at any height you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the damping adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ZX-Series uses 3-way adjustment with 30 clicks of rebound, 20 clicks of low-speed compression and 12 clicks of high-speed compression. Start from BC's base setting and adjust front and rear in small steps to suit the road or track.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these suitable for daily driving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey can be used on the road, but the ZX-Series is designed mainly for racing, track and drift use. For a car that is mostly driven on the road, our V1 or BR-Series kits are a better fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit comes with 9\/10kg\/mm (F\/R) springs as standard. If you need different rates, contact us before ordering and we will check what is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing the ride height alters the suspension geometry, so a four-wheel alignment should be carried out once the car has settled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBC Racing products are covered against defects in materials and workmanship. Contact us if you have any problem with your kit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BC Racing","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58918490964351,"sku":"BC-0071746","price":1865.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/BCRacingZX-1_e7c503e5-060b-410e-8dde-ddb7d54dfc5e.jpg?v=1792759744"},{"product_id":"bc-racing-zx-series-coilovers-lexus-is-200-is-300-gxe10-jce10-99-05","title":"BC Racing ZX-Series Coilovers Lexus IS-200 IS-300 GXE10 JCE10 99-05","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBC Racing ZX-Series Coilovers for Lexus IS-200 IS-300 GXE10 JCE10 (1999-2005) – Height and Damping Adjustable, Corner Weight Adjustable\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese BC Racing ZX-Series coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus IS-200 IS-300 GXE10 JCE10 (1999-2005) with a fully adjustable setup. You can set the ride height, damping and corner weights to suit the car, making them ideal for racing, track and drift use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ZX-Series is designed for racing, track and drift use. It offers 3-way adjustment with 30 clicks of rebound, 20 clicks of low-speed compression and 12 clicks of high-speed compression, and uses an upright damper design so the upper mount can be changed. External canisters and high viscosity index racing fluid keep performance consistent over long sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRide height is set by winding the bottom mount up or down the damper body rather than moving the spring, so full damper travel is kept whatever height you run. The lower spring platform also adjusts, so the car can be corner weighted for even tyre loading across each axle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring rates:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10\/6kg\/mm (F\/R)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-way adjustable - 30 clicks rebound, 20 clicks low speed compression, 12 clicks high speed compression\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKit weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-way adjustable: 30 rebound, 20 low-speed and 12 high-speed compression clicks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExternal canisters for extra fluid capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpright damper design allowing the upper mount to be changed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh viscosity index racing damper fluid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRide height set at the bottom mount, so full damper travel is kept at any height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable lower spring platform for corner weighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x front coilovers with springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x rear dampers and springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus IS-200 IS-300 GXE10 JCE10 99-05\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e other Lexus IS-200 IS-300 GXE10 JCE10 variants with a different drive layout, strut diameter or rear suspension type. Please check your chassis code and drive type against the fitment above before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs and bolt in to the original mounting points. Set the ride height and spring preload before final tightening, let the suspension settle, then recheck the height and have a four-wheel alignment carried out. We recommend professional fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUpgrade Further\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther BC Racing options for this car: \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-br-series-coilovers-lexus-is200-is300-gxe10-jec10-99-05\"\u003eBC Racing BR-Series Coilovers Lexus IS-200 IS-300 GXE10 JCE10 99-05 10\/6kg\u003c\/a\u003e; \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-ds-series-coilovers-lexus-is-200-is-300-gxe10-jce10-99-05-10-6kg\"\u003eBC Racing DS-Series Coilovers Lexus IS-200 IS-300 GXE10 JCE10 99-05 10\/6kg\u003c\/a\u003e; \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-er-series-coilovers-lexus-is200-is300-gxe10-jec10-99-05\"\u003eBC Racing ER-Series Coilovers Lexus IS-200 IS-300 GXE10 JCE10 99-05\u003c\/a\u003e. Keep a spare \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-coilover-adjustment-c-spanner\"\u003eBC Racing C-spanner\u003c\/a\u003e for adjusting the height and spring platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the ride height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Ride height is set by moving the bottom mount on the damper body, so you keep full damper travel at any height you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the damping adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ZX-Series uses 3-way adjustment with 30 clicks of rebound, 20 clicks of low-speed compression and 12 clicks of high-speed compression. Start from BC's base setting and adjust front and rear in small steps to suit the road or track.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these suitable for daily driving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey can be used on the road, but the ZX-Series is designed mainly for racing, track and drift use. For a car that is mostly driven on the road, our V1 or BR-Series kits are a better fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit comes with 10\/6kg\/mm (F\/R) springs as standard. If you need different rates, contact us before ordering and we will check what is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing the ride height alters the suspension geometry, so a four-wheel alignment should be carried out once the car has settled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBC Racing products are covered against defects in materials and workmanship. Contact us if you have any problem with your kit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BC Racing","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58918491521407,"sku":"BC-0071743","price":1865.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/BCRacingZX-1_7bf21563-25d9-40c6-8d79-d7b7b2d28af4.jpg?v=1792759749"},{"product_id":"bc-racing-zx-series-coilovers-lexus-is-250-gse20-06-13","title":"BC Racing ZX-Series Coilovers Lexus IS-250 GSE20 06-13","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBC Racing ZX-Series Coilovers for Lexus IS-250 GSE20 (2006-2013) – Height and Damping Adjustable, Corner Weight Adjustable\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese BC Racing ZX-Series coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus IS-250 GSE20 (2006-2013) with a fully adjustable setup. You can set the ride height, damping and corner weights to suit the car, making them ideal for racing, track and drift use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ZX-Series is designed for racing, track and drift use. It offers 3-way adjustment with 30 clicks of rebound, 20 clicks of low-speed compression and 12 clicks of high-speed compression, and uses an upright damper design so the upper mount can be changed. External canisters and high viscosity index racing fluid keep performance consistent over long sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRide height is set by winding the bottom mount up or down the damper body rather than moving the spring, so full damper travel is kept whatever height you run. The lower spring platform also adjusts, so the car can be corner weighted for even tyre loading across each axle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring rates:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10\/7kg\/mm (F\/R)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-way adjustable - 30 clicks rebound, 20 clicks low speed compression, 12 clicks high speed compression\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKit weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-way adjustable: 30 rebound, 20 low-speed and 12 high-speed compression clicks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExternal canisters for extra fluid capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpright damper design allowing the upper mount to be changed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh viscosity index racing damper fluid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRide height set at the bottom mount, so full damper travel is kept at any height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable lower spring platform for corner weighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x front coilovers with springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x rear dampers and springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus IS-250 GSE20 06-13\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus IS-F USE20 06-13\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e other Lexus IS-250 GSE20 variants with a different drive layout, strut diameter or rear suspension type. Please check your chassis code and drive type against the fitment above before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs and bolt in to the original mounting points. Set the ride height and spring preload before final tightening, let the suspension settle, then recheck the height and have a four-wheel alignment carried out. We recommend professional fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUpgrade Further\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther BC Racing options for this car: \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-br-series-coilovers-lexus-is250-gs300-gse20-06-13\"\u003eBC Racing BR-Series Coilovers Lexus IS-250 GSE20 06-13 10\/7kg\u003c\/a\u003e. Keep a spare \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-coilover-adjustment-c-spanner\"\u003eBC Racing C-spanner\u003c\/a\u003e for adjusting the height and spring platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the ride height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Ride height is set by moving the bottom mount on the damper body, so you keep full damper travel at any height you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the damping adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ZX-Series uses 3-way adjustment with 30 clicks of rebound, 20 clicks of low-speed compression and 12 clicks of high-speed compression. Start from BC's base setting and adjust front and rear in small steps to suit the road or track.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these suitable for daily driving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey can be used on the road, but the ZX-Series is designed mainly for racing, track and drift use. For a car that is mostly driven on the road, our V1 or BR-Series kits are a better fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit comes with 10\/7kg\/mm (F\/R) springs as standard. If you need different rates, contact us before ordering and we will check what is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing the ride height alters the suspension geometry, so a four-wheel alignment should be carried out once the car has settled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it fit other models?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, BC lists this kit as also fitting: Lexus IS-F USE20 06-13.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBC Racing products are covered against defects in materials and workmanship. Contact us if you have any problem with your kit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BC Racing","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58918491586943,"sku":"BC-0071744","price":1865.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/BCRacingZX-1_141f346e-6e3c-4fb1-8a52-7943cff609ed.jpg?v=1792759749"},{"product_id":"bc-racing-zx-series-coilovers-lexus-is-300h-gse30-31-17-front-fork","title":"BC Racing ZX-Series Coilovers Lexus IS-300H GSE30\/31 17+ Front Fork","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBC Racing ZX-Series Coilovers for Lexus IS-300H GSE30\/31 (2017 on) – Height and Damping Adjustable, Corner Weight Adjustable\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese BC Racing ZX-Series coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus IS-300H GSE30\/31 (2017 on) with a fully adjustable setup. You can set the ride height, damping and corner weights to suit the car, making them ideal for racing, track and drift use. This kit is the Front Fork version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ZX-Series is designed for racing, track and drift use. It offers 3-way adjustment with 30 clicks of rebound, 20 clicks of low-speed compression and 12 clicks of high-speed compression, and uses an upright damper design so the upper mount can be changed. External canisters and high viscosity index racing fluid keep performance consistent over long sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRide height is set by winding the bottom mount up or down the damper body rather than moving the spring, so full damper travel is kept whatever height you run. The lower spring platform also adjusts, so the car can be corner weighted for even tyre loading across each axle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring rates:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9\/9kg\/mm (F\/R)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-way adjustable - 30 clicks rebound, 20 clicks low speed compression, 12 clicks high speed compression\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKit weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-way adjustable: 30 rebound, 20 low-speed and 12 high-speed compression clicks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExternal canisters for extra fluid capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpright damper design allowing the upper mount to be changed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh viscosity index racing damper fluid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRide height set at the bottom mount, so full damper travel is kept at any height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable lower spring platform for corner weighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x front coilovers with springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x rear dampers and springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus IS-300H GSE30\/31 17+ (RWD Front Fork)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e other Lexus IS-300H GSE30\/31 variants with a different drive layout, strut diameter or rear suspension type. Please check your chassis code and drive type against the fitment above before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs and bolt in to the original mounting points. Set the ride height and spring preload before final tightening, let the suspension settle, then recheck the height and have a four-wheel alignment carried out. We recommend professional fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUpgrade Further\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther BC Racing options for this car: \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-br-series-coilovers-lexus-is300h-gse30-gse31-17-front-fork-rwd\"\u003eBC Racing BR-Series Coilovers Lexus IS-300H GSE30\/31 17+ Front Fork\u003c\/a\u003e; \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-er-series-coilovers-lexus-is300h-gse30-gse31-17-front-fork-rwd\"\u003eBC Racing ER-Series Coilovers Lexus IS-300H GSE30\/31 17+ Front Fork\u003c\/a\u003e. Keep a spare \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-coilover-adjustment-c-spanner\"\u003eBC Racing C-spanner\u003c\/a\u003e for adjusting the height and spring platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the ride height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Ride height is set by moving the bottom mount on the damper body, so you keep full damper travel at any height you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the damping adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ZX-Series uses 3-way adjustment with 30 clicks of rebound, 20 clicks of low-speed compression and 12 clicks of high-speed compression. Start from BC's base setting and adjust front and rear in small steps to suit the road or track.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these suitable for daily driving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey can be used on the road, but the ZX-Series is designed mainly for racing, track and drift use. For a car that is mostly driven on the road, our V1 or BR-Series kits are a better fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit comes with 9\/9kg\/mm (F\/R) springs as standard. If you need different rates, contact us before ordering and we will check what is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing the ride height alters the suspension geometry, so a four-wheel alignment should be carried out once the car has settled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBC Racing products are covered against defects in materials and workmanship. Contact us if you have any problem with your kit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BC Racing","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58918491619711,"sku":"BC-0071748","price":1865.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/BCRacingZX-1_5c2e05bc-8da0-448d-86c9-db2eed9b2594.jpg?v=1792759751"},{"product_id":"bc-racing-zx-series-coilovers-lexus-is-f-use20-06-13","title":"BC Racing ZX-Series Coilovers Lexus IS-F USE20 06-13","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBC Racing ZX-Series Coilovers for Lexus IS-F USE20 (2006-2013) – Height and Damping Adjustable, Corner Weight Adjustable\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese BC Racing ZX-Series coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus IS-F USE20 (2006-2013) with a fully adjustable setup. You can set the ride height, damping and corner weights to suit the car, making them ideal for racing, track and drift use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ZX-Series is designed for racing, track and drift use. It offers 3-way adjustment with 30 clicks of rebound, 20 clicks of low-speed compression and 12 clicks of high-speed compression, and uses an upright damper design so the upper mount can be changed. External canisters and high viscosity index racing fluid keep performance consistent over long sessions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRide height is set by winding the bottom mount up or down the damper body rather than moving the spring, so full damper travel is kept whatever height you run. The lower spring platform also adjusts, so the car can be corner weighted for even tyre loading across each axle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring rates:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10\/7kg\/mm (F\/R)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3-way adjustable - 30 clicks rebound, 20 clicks low speed compression, 12 clicks high speed compression\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKit weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 24kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-way adjustable: 30 rebound, 20 low-speed and 12 high-speed compression clicks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExternal canisters for extra fluid capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpright damper design allowing the upper mount to be changed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh viscosity index racing damper fluid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRide height set at the bottom mount, so full damper travel is kept at any height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable lower spring platform for corner weighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x front coilovers with springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x rear dampers and springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus IS-F USE20 06-13\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus IS-250 GSE20 06-13\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e other Lexus IS-F USE20 variants with a different drive layout, strut diameter or rear suspension type. Please check your chassis code and drive type against the fitment above before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs and bolt in to the original mounting points. Set the ride height and spring preload before final tightening, let the suspension settle, then recheck the height and have a four-wheel alignment carried out. We recommend professional fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUpgrade Further\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther BC Racing options for this car: \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-br-series-coilovers-lexus-is-f-use20-06-13-10-7kg\"\u003eBC Racing BR-Series Coilovers Lexus IS-F USE20 06-13 10\/7kg\u003c\/a\u003e. Keep a spare \u003ca href=\"\/products\/bc-racing-coilover-adjustment-c-spanner\"\u003eBC Racing C-spanner\u003c\/a\u003e for adjusting the height and spring platforms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the ride height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Ride height is set by moving the bottom mount on the damper body, so you keep full damper travel at any height you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the damping adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ZX-Series uses 3-way adjustment with 30 clicks of rebound, 20 clicks of low-speed compression and 12 clicks of high-speed compression. Start from BC's base setting and adjust front and rear in small steps to suit the road or track.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these suitable for daily driving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey can be used on the road, but the ZX-Series is designed mainly for racing, track and drift use. For a car that is mostly driven on the road, our V1 or BR-Series kits are a better fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit comes with 10\/7kg\/mm (F\/R) springs as standard. If you need different rates, contact us before ordering and we will check what is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing the ride height alters the suspension geometry, so a four-wheel alignment should be carried out once the car has settled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it fit other models?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, BC lists this kit as also fitting: Lexus IS-250 GSE20 06-13.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBC Racing products are covered against defects in materials and workmanship. Contact us if you have any problem with your kit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BC Racing","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58918491750783,"sku":"BC-0071744-1","price":1865.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/BCRacingZX-1_1f085c6e-6853-4afd-9282-dd7a73c69e4c.jpg?v=1792759753"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-lexus-gs300-s140-jzs147-93-97","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers Lexus GS300 S140 \u0026 JZS147 93-97","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for Lexus GS300 S140 \u0026amp; JZS147 (93-97) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your Lexus GS300 S140 \u0026amp; JZS147 with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10kg\/mm (approx. 98 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7kg\/mm (approx. 69 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-T18\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus GS300 S140 \u0026amp; JZS147 (1993-1997)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Lexus GS300 S160 \u0026amp; JZS161 (1997-2004) - this needs a different HSD kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus GS300 S140 \u0026amp; JZS147, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit comes with 10kg front and 7kg rear springs. HSD springs are available in a wide range of rates, so contact us if you need a custom set-up for track use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the Lexus GS300 S140 \u0026amp; JZS147 (1993-1997). Not suitable for: the Lexus GS300 S160 \u0026amp; JZS161 (1997-2004) - this needs a different HSD kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919653179775,"sku":"HSD-K-LEXUS-GS300-S140-JZS147-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-t18_1_3_133132b8-7711-448f-81ba-f10492a01140.jpg?v=1792766519"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-lexus-gs300-s160-jzs161-97-04","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers Lexus GS300 S160 \u0026 JZS161 97-04","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for Lexus GS300 S160 \u0026amp; JZS161 (97-04) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your Lexus GS300 S160 \u0026amp; JZS161 with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10kg\/mm (approx. 98 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7kg\/mm (approx. 69 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-T03\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus GS300 S160 \u0026amp; JZS161 (1997-2004)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Lexus GS300 S140 \u0026amp; JZS147 (1993-1997) - this needs a different HSD kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus GS300 S160 \u0026amp; JZS161, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit comes with 10kg front and 7kg rear springs. HSD springs are available in a wide range of rates, so contact us if you need a custom set-up for track use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the Lexus GS300 S160 \u0026amp; JZS161 (1997-2004). Not suitable for: the Lexus GS300 S140 \u0026amp; JZS147 (1993-1997) - this needs a different HSD kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919653212543,"sku":"HSD-K-LEXUS-GS300-S160-JZS161-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-t03_1_3_6c2c87e8-4a44-4131-ac93-5d6656a2685c.jpg?v=1792766520"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-lexus-is200-99-05","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers Lexus IS200 99-05","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for Lexus IS200 (99-05) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your Lexus IS200 with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the Default spring rate kit (10kg front, 6kg rear), the best choice for road cars and occasional track days. A stiffer Track Pack is listed separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10kg\/mm (approx. 98 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6kg\/mm (approx. 59 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-T02\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus IS200 (1999-2005)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus IS200, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I choose the Default or Track Pack springs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose Default for road use and occasional track days. The Track Pack's stiffer springs reduce body roll and suit regular track use or very low ride heights, but the ride is firmer. This listing is the Default kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the Lexus IS200 (1999-2005). Not suitable for: any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919653278079,"sku":"HSD-K-LEXUS-IS200-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-t02_1_10_c966aedc-3923-4a68-aec7-de586fca1413.jpg?v=1792766523"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-lexus-ls400-ucf10-ucf20-90-00","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers Lexus LS400 UCF10 UCF20 90-00","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for Lexus LS400 UCF10 UCF20 (90-00) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your Lexus LS400 UCF10 UCF20 with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14kg\/mm (approx. 137 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12kg\/mm (approx. 118 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-T19\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus LS400 UCF10 UCF20 (1990-2000)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus LS400 UCF10 UCF20, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit comes with 14kg front and 12kg rear springs. HSD springs are available in a wide range of rates, so contact us if you need a custom set-up for track use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the Lexus LS400 UCF10 UCF20 (1990-2000). Not suitable for: any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919653867903,"sku":"HSD-K-LEXUS-LS400-UCF10-UCF20-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-t19_1_2_fd32b81b-c8b2-4bb2-9910-f5442fc93d8b.jpg?v=1792766528"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-coilovers-lexus-sc300-uzz30-92-00","title":"HSD Dualtech Coilovers Lexus SC300 UZZ30 92-00","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Coilovers for Lexus SC300 UZZ30 (92-00) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your Lexus SC300 UZZ30 with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14kg\/mm (approx. 137 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10kg\/mm (approx. 98 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-T13\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus SC300 UZZ30 (1992-2000)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus SC300 UZZ30, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit comes with 14kg front and 10kg rear springs. HSD springs are available in a wide range of rates, so contact us if you need a custom set-up for track use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the Lexus SC300 UZZ30 (1992-2000). Not suitable for: any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919653900671,"sku":"HSD-K-LEXUS-SC300-UZZ30-D-D","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-t13_1_3_f5621ab1-4b06-4979-8ffc-d7f5f47d6876.jpg?v=1792766529"},{"product_id":"hsd-dualtech-track-pack-coilovers-lexus-is200-99-05","title":"HSD Dualtech Track Pack Coilovers Lexus IS200 99-05","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD Dualtech Track Pack Coilovers for Lexus IS200 (99-05) – 14-Way Twin-Tube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HSD Dualtech Track Pack kit replaces the worn or soft factory dampers on your Lexus IS200 with four fully adjustable twin-tube coilovers built specifically for this car. It is HSD's road-focused range: a big step up in body control and steering response over standard suspension, while keeping a ride you can live with every day and the option of the odd track day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 14-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Track Pack uses stiffer springs (12kg front, 10kg rear) for less body roll and sharper turn-in on circuit, at the cost of a firmer ride on the road.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e low gas-pressure twin-tube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Track Pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12kg\/mm (approx. 118 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10kg\/mm (approx. 98 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-DT-T02-RC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-way adjustable twin-tube dampers with low gas pressure for a compliant road ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload, so you keep full damper stroke when lowered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD Dualtech coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus IS200 (1999-2005)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus IS200, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I choose the Default or Track Pack springs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose Default for road use and occasional track days. The Track Pack's stiffer springs reduce body roll and suit regular track use or very low ride heights, but the ride is firmer. This listing is the Track Pack kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the Lexus IS200 (1999-2005). Not suitable for: any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between HSD Dualtech and MonoPro?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDualtech uses 14-way twin-tube dampers and is aimed at road cars with occasional track use. MonoPro uses 16-way high gas-pressure monotube dampers that stay consistent when driven hard, and suits regular track days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919662911871,"sku":"HSD-K-LEXUS-IS200-D-T","price":798.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-dt-t02_1_10_7a328424-0440-4eaa-a18b-9544c8c6df41.jpg?v=1792766717"},{"product_id":"hsd-monopro-coilovers-lexus-gs300-s140-jzs147-93-97","title":"HSD MonoPro Coilovers Lexus GS300 S140 \u0026 JZS147 93-97","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD MonoPro Coilovers for Lexus GS300 S140 \u0026amp; JZS147 (93-97) – 16-Way Monotube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD MonoPro is the performance range from HSD, and this kit is made specifically for the Lexus GS300 S140 \u0026amp; JZS147. Each corner uses a high gas-pressure monotube damper, which runs cooler and stays more consistent than a twin-tube design when the car is driven hard for long periods – ideal for fast road use, track days and drifting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn cars with MacPherson strut front suspension the MonoPro uses an inverted damper design for extra strength under cornering and braking loads, and a low-friction damper coating helps the suspension react to small inputs. The 16-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e high gas-pressure monotube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14kg\/mm (approx. 137 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10kg\/mm (approx. 98 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-MP-T18\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e16-way adjustable high gas-pressure monotube dampers for consistent performance when driven hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInverted damper design on strut front suspension and low-friction damper coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD MonoPro coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus GS300 S140 \u0026amp; JZS147 (1993-1997)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Lexus GS300 S160 \u0026amp; JZS161 (1997-2004) - this needs a different HSD kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus GS300 S140 \u0026amp; JZS147, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit comes with 14kg front and 10kg rear springs. HSD springs are available in a wide range of rates, so contact us if you need a custom set-up for track use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the Lexus GS300 S140 \u0026amp; JZS147 (1993-1997). Not suitable for: the Lexus GS300 S160 \u0026amp; JZS161 (1997-2004) - this needs a different HSD kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre MonoPro coilovers too firm for daily driving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. With the Default springs and a softer damper setting the MonoPro rides well on the road, and you can firm up the damping for track days. The Track Pack is noticeably firmer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919674446207,"sku":"HSD-K-LEXUS-GS300-S140-JZS147-M-D","price":899.65,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-mp-t18_1_3_e8aa9260-4b5a-422d-bc4e-bcfa101716e8.jpg?v=1792766929"},{"product_id":"hsd-monopro-coilovers-lexus-gs300-s160-jzs161-97-04","title":"HSD MonoPro Coilovers Lexus GS300 S160 \u0026 JZS161 97-04","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD MonoPro Coilovers for Lexus GS300 S160 \u0026amp; JZS161 (97-04) – 16-Way Monotube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD MonoPro is the performance range from HSD, and this kit is made specifically for the Lexus GS300 S160 \u0026amp; JZS161. Each corner uses a high gas-pressure monotube damper, which runs cooler and stays more consistent than a twin-tube design when the car is driven hard for long periods – ideal for fast road use, track days and drifting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn cars with MacPherson strut front suspension the MonoPro uses an inverted damper design for extra strength under cornering and braking loads, and a low-friction damper coating helps the suspension react to small inputs. The 16-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e high gas-pressure monotube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10kg\/mm (approx. 98 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7kg\/mm (approx. 69 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-MP-T03\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e16-way adjustable high gas-pressure monotube dampers for consistent performance when driven hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInverted damper design on strut front suspension and low-friction damper coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD MonoPro coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus GS300 S160 \u0026amp; JZS161 (1997-2004)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e The Lexus GS300 S140 \u0026amp; JZS147 (1993-1997) - this needs a different HSD kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus GS300 S160 \u0026amp; JZS161, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit comes with 10kg front and 7kg rear springs. HSD springs are available in a wide range of rates, so contact us if you need a custom set-up for track use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the Lexus GS300 S160 \u0026amp; JZS161 (1997-2004). Not suitable for: the Lexus GS300 S140 \u0026amp; JZS147 (1993-1997) - this needs a different HSD kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre MonoPro coilovers too firm for daily driving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. With the Default springs and a softer damper setting the MonoPro rides well on the road, and you can firm up the damping for track days. The Track Pack is noticeably firmer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919674478975,"sku":"HSD-K-LEXUS-GS300-S160-JZS161-M-D","price":899.65,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-mp-t03_1_3_a8bd1f0c-eeef-44a5-80fa-f3d27799455b.jpg?v=1792766930"},{"product_id":"hsd-monopro-coilovers-lexus-gs350-grs191-05-11","title":"HSD MonoPro Coilovers Lexus GS350 GRS191 05-11","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD MonoPro Coilovers for Lexus GS350 GRS191 (05-11) – 16-Way Monotube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD MonoPro is the performance range from HSD, and this kit is made specifically for the Lexus GS350 GRS191. Each corner uses a high gas-pressure monotube damper, which runs cooler and stays more consistent than a twin-tube design when the car is driven hard for long periods – ideal for fast road use, track days and drifting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn cars with MacPherson strut front suspension the MonoPro uses an inverted damper design for extra strength under cornering and braking loads, and a low-friction damper coating helps the suspension react to small inputs. The 16-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e high gas-pressure monotube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16kg\/mm (approx. 157 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14kg\/mm (approx. 137 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-MP-T43\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e16-way adjustable high gas-pressure monotube dampers for consistent performance when driven hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInverted damper design on strut front suspension and low-friction damper coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD MonoPro coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus GS350 GRS191 (2005-2011)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus GS350 GRS191, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit comes with 16kg front and 14kg rear springs. HSD springs are available in a wide range of rates, so contact us if you need a custom set-up for track use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the Lexus GS350 GRS191 (2005-2011). Not suitable for: any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre MonoPro coilovers too firm for daily driving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. With the Default springs and a softer damper setting the MonoPro rides well on the road, and you can firm up the damping for track days. The Track Pack is noticeably firmer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919674642815,"sku":"HSD-K-LEXUS-GS350-GRS191-M-D","price":899.65,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-mp-t43_1_2_c44679ff-7a72-4718-b298-1b23f6b4a233.jpg?v=1792766937"},{"product_id":"hsd-monopro-coilovers-lexus-is200-99-05","title":"HSD MonoPro Coilovers Lexus IS200 99-05","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD MonoPro Coilovers for Lexus IS200 (99-05) – 16-Way Monotube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD MonoPro is the performance range from HSD, and this kit is made specifically for the Lexus IS200. Each corner uses a high gas-pressure monotube damper, which runs cooler and stays more consistent than a twin-tube design when the car is driven hard for long periods – ideal for fast road use, track days and drifting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn cars with MacPherson strut front suspension the MonoPro uses an inverted damper design for extra strength under cornering and braking loads, and a low-friction damper coating helps the suspension react to small inputs. The 16-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is the Default spring rate kit (10kg front, 6kg rear), the best choice for road cars and occasional track days. A stiffer Track Pack is listed separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e high gas-pressure monotube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10kg\/mm (approx. 98 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 6kg\/mm (approx. 59 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-MP-T02\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e16-way adjustable high gas-pressure monotube dampers for consistent performance when driven hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInverted damper design on strut front suspension and low-friction damper coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD MonoPro coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus IS200 (1999-2005)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus IS200, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I choose the Default or Track Pack springs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose Default for road use and occasional track days. The Track Pack's stiffer springs reduce body roll and suit regular track use or very low ride heights, but the ride is firmer. This listing is the Default kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the Lexus IS200 (1999-2005). Not suitable for: any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre MonoPro coilovers too firm for daily driving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. With the Default springs and a softer damper setting the MonoPro rides well on the road, and you can firm up the damping for track days. The Track Pack is noticeably firmer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919674675583,"sku":"HSD-K-LEXUS-IS200-M-D","price":899.65,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-mp-t02_1_5_d4fd00d0-e4b1-4f7a-84b1-9aa32a10ecad.jpg?v=1792766937"},{"product_id":"hsd-monopro-coilovers-lexus-is220-is250-is350-is-f-xe20-06-14","title":"HSD MonoPro Coilovers Lexus IS220 IS250 IS350 IS-F XE20 06-14","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD MonoPro Coilovers for Lexus IS220 IS250 IS350 IS-F XE20 (06-14) – 16-Way Monotube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD MonoPro is the performance range from HSD, and this kit is made specifically for the Lexus IS220 IS250 IS350 IS-F XE20. Each corner uses a high gas-pressure monotube damper, which runs cooler and stays more consistent than a twin-tube design when the car is driven hard for long periods – ideal for fast road use, track days and drifting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn cars with MacPherson strut front suspension the MonoPro uses an inverted damper design for extra strength under cornering and braking loads, and a low-friction damper coating helps the suspension react to small inputs. The 16-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e high gas-pressure monotube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16kg\/mm (approx. 157 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14kg\/mm (approx. 137 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-MP-T43\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e16-way adjustable high gas-pressure monotube dampers for consistent performance when driven hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInverted damper design on strut front suspension and low-friction damper coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD MonoPro coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus IS220 IS250 IS350 IS-F XE20 (2006-2014)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus IS220 IS250 IS350 IS-F XE20, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit comes with 16kg front and 14kg rear springs. HSD springs are available in a wide range of rates, so contact us if you need a custom set-up for track use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the Lexus IS220 IS250 IS350 IS-F XE20 (2006-2014). Not suitable for: any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre MonoPro coilovers too firm for daily driving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. With the Default springs and a softer damper setting the MonoPro rides well on the road, and you can firm up the damping for track days. The Track Pack is noticeably firmer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919674708351,"sku":"HSD-K-LEXUS-IS220-IS250-IS350-ISF-ISC-XE20-M-D","price":899.65,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-mp-t43_1_2_04b25798-8064-462d-aaa0-a33266070d66.jpg?v=1792766939"},{"product_id":"hsd-monopro-coilovers-lexus-ls400-ucf10-ucf20-90-00","title":"HSD MonoPro Coilovers Lexus LS400 UCF10 UCF20 90-00","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD MonoPro Coilovers for Lexus LS400 UCF10 UCF20 (90-00) – 16-Way Monotube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD MonoPro is the performance range from HSD, and this kit is made specifically for the Lexus LS400 UCF10 UCF20. Each corner uses a high gas-pressure monotube damper, which runs cooler and stays more consistent than a twin-tube design when the car is driven hard for long periods – ideal for fast road use, track days and drifting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn cars with MacPherson strut front suspension the MonoPro uses an inverted damper design for extra strength under cornering and braking loads, and a low-friction damper coating helps the suspension react to small inputs. The 16-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e high gas-pressure monotube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14kg\/mm (approx. 137 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10kg\/mm (approx. 98 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-MP-T19\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e16-way adjustable high gas-pressure monotube dampers for consistent performance when driven hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInverted damper design on strut front suspension and low-friction damper coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD MonoPro coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus LS400 UCF10 UCF20 (1990-2000)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus LS400 UCF10 UCF20, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit comes with 14kg front and 10kg rear springs. HSD springs are available in a wide range of rates, so contact us if you need a custom set-up for track use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the Lexus LS400 UCF10 UCF20 (1990-2000). Not suitable for: any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre MonoPro coilovers too firm for daily driving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. With the Default springs and a softer damper setting the MonoPro rides well on the road, and you can firm up the damping for track days. The Track Pack is noticeably firmer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919674741119,"sku":"HSD-K-LEXUS-LS400-UCF10-UCF20-M-D","price":899.65,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-mp-t19_1_2_3ab4bd14-5c02-4216-af84-52e2c91b787a.jpg?v=1792766939"},{"product_id":"hsd-monopro-coilovers-lexus-sc300-uzz30-92-00","title":"HSD MonoPro Coilovers Lexus SC300 UZZ30 92-00","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD MonoPro Coilovers for Lexus SC300 UZZ30 (92-00) – 16-Way Monotube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD MonoPro is the performance range from HSD, and this kit is made specifically for the Lexus SC300 UZZ30. Each corner uses a high gas-pressure monotube damper, which runs cooler and stays more consistent than a twin-tube design when the car is driven hard for long periods – ideal for fast road use, track days and drifting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn cars with MacPherson strut front suspension the MonoPro uses an inverted damper design for extra strength under cornering and braking loads, and a low-friction damper coating helps the suspension react to small inputs. The 16-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e high gas-pressure monotube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14kg\/mm (approx. 137 N\/mm), 175mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10kg\/mm (approx. 98 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-MP-T13\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e16-way adjustable high gas-pressure monotube dampers for consistent performance when driven hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInverted damper design on strut front suspension and low-friction damper coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD MonoPro coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus SC300 UZZ30 (1992-2000)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus SC300 UZZ30, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit comes with 14kg front and 10kg rear springs. HSD springs are available in a wide range of rates, so contact us if you need a custom set-up for track use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the Lexus SC300 UZZ30 (1992-2000). Not suitable for: any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre MonoPro coilovers too firm for daily driving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. With the Default springs and a softer damper setting the MonoPro rides well on the road, and you can firm up the damping for track days. The Track Pack is noticeably firmer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919674970495,"sku":"HSD-K-LEXUS-SC300-UZZ30-M-D","price":899.65,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-mp-t13_1_3_e156d458-d55a-4094-9304-e367330b9a83.jpg?v=1792766947"},{"product_id":"hsd-monopro-coilovers-lexus-sc430-uzz40-toyota-soarer-01-10","title":"HSD MonoPro Coilovers Lexus SC430 UZZ40 \u0026 Toyota Soarer 01-10","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD MonoPro Coilovers for Lexus SC430 UZZ40 \u0026amp; Toyota Soarer (01-10) – 16-Way Monotube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD MonoPro is the performance range from HSD, and this kit is made specifically for the Lexus SC430 UZZ40 \u0026amp; Toyota Soarer. Each corner uses a high gas-pressure monotube damper, which runs cooler and stays more consistent than a twin-tube design when the car is driven hard for long periods – ideal for fast road use, track days and drifting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn cars with MacPherson strut front suspension the MonoPro uses an inverted damper design for extra strength under cornering and braking loads, and a low-friction damper coating helps the suspension react to small inputs. The 16-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e high gas-pressure monotube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Default\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14kg\/mm (approx. 137 N\/mm), 175mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 7kg\/mm (approx. 69 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-MP-LX12\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e16-way adjustable high gas-pressure monotube dampers for consistent performance when driven hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInverted damper design on strut front suspension and low-friction damper coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD MonoPro coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus SC430 UZZ40 \u0026amp; Toyota Soarer (2001-2010)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus SC430 UZZ40 \u0026amp; Toyota Soarer, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I get different spring rates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit comes with 14kg front and 7kg rear springs. HSD springs are available in a wide range of rates, so contact us if you need a custom set-up for track use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the Lexus SC430 UZZ40 \u0026amp; Toyota Soarer (2001-2010). Not suitable for: any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre MonoPro coilovers too firm for daily driving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. With the Default springs and a softer damper setting the MonoPro rides well on the road, and you can firm up the damping for track days. The Track Pack is noticeably firmer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919675003263,"sku":"HSD-K-LEXUS-SC430-UZZ40-M-D","price":899.65,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-mp-lx12_1_2_38cb690c-d746-4f2c-99e0-645f13573f8f.jpg?v=1792766946"},{"product_id":"hsd-monopro-track-pack-coilovers-lexus-is200-99-05","title":"HSD MonoPro Track Pack Coilovers Lexus IS200 99-05","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHSD MonoPro Track Pack Coilovers for Lexus IS200 (99-05) – 16-Way Monotube Damping, Full Height Adjustment\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD MonoPro is the performance range from HSD, and this Track Pack kit is made specifically for the Lexus IS200. Each corner uses a high gas-pressure monotube damper, which runs cooler and stays more consistent than a twin-tube design when the car is driven hard for long periods – ideal for fast road use, track days and drifting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn cars with MacPherson strut front suspension the MonoPro uses an inverted damper design for extra strength under cornering and braking loads, and a low-friction damper coating helps the suspension react to small inputs. The 16-way damping adjuster lets you go from a softer road setting to a firmer track setting in a few clicks. Ride height is set by screwing the damper body up or down, separately from spring preload, so you can lower the car without losing suspension travel or changing how the spring behaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Track Pack uses stiffer springs (12kg front, 10kg rear) for less body roll and sharper turn-in on circuit, at the cost of a firmer ride on the road.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e high gas-pressure monotube\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16-way, soft to hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring pack:\u003c\/strong\u003e Track Pack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12kg\/mm (approx. 118 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear spring:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10kg\/mm (approx. 98 N\/mm), 200mm long, 65mm ID\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Height and Damping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHSD part number:\u003c\/strong\u003e HSD8-MP-T02-RC\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e16-way adjustable high gas-pressure monotube dampers for consistent performance when driven hard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInverted damper design on strut front suspension and low-friction damper coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length height adjustment, separate from spring preload\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6061 aluminium top mounts and spring seat collars\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZinc-plated damper bodies with e-coated lower mounts and full-length dust boots for corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned as a bolt-on kit for this car, with spares and rebuild support through the UK distributor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x HSD MonoPro coilovers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x C-spanners for height and preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x set of fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x HSD stickers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the HSD feature graphics in the gallery are illustrations of the range; the coilovers supplied are specific to this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus IS200 (1999-2005)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is a direct replacement for the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus IS200, using the factory mounting points with no cutting or drilling. Set an even ride height side to side using the body adjustment rather than the preload collars, tighten every lock ring, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check the ride height and that all bolts and lock rings are tight again after the first few hundred miles. We recommend professional fitting by a garage with spring compressors and alignment equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I choose the Default or Track Pack springs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose Default for road use and occasional track days. The Track Pack's stiffer springs reduce body roll and suit regular track use or very low ride heights, but the ride is firmer. This listing is the Track Pack kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this kit fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD lists this kit for the Lexus IS200 (1999-2005). Not suitable for: any model not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the alignment with these coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit does not include camber adjustment, so use adjustable arms if you need more camber change. A four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre MonoPro coilovers too firm for daily driving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. With the Default springs and a softer damper setting the MonoPro rides well on the road, and you can firm up the damping for track days. The Track Pack is noticeably firmer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I lower the car without changing the spring preload?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. HSD coilovers adjust ride height by screwing the damper body in its lower mount, separately from the spring preload collar, so you keep the same spring behaviour and damper travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters toe and camber, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed after fitting and after any big height change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these coilovers road legal?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, they are designed for road use. Lowering is a modification, so tell your insurer, and keep enough ground clearance and suspension travel for UK roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do HSD coilovers have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHSD coilovers are covered by a 12-month warranty against defects in materials and workmanship. Spare parts, springs and rebuild support are available through the UK distributor.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"HSD","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919694434687,"sku":"HSD-K-LEXUS-IS200-M-T","price":899.65,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/hsd8-mp-t02_1_5_4ea31157-e156-4b19-b913-0941fccd1d0d.jpg?v=1792767280"},{"product_id":"meisterr-gt1-coilovers-lexus-gs300-gs430-jzs161-97-05","title":"MeisterR GT1 Coilovers Lexus GS300 GS430 JZS161 97-05","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMeisterR GT1 Coilovers for Lexus GS300 GS430 JZS161 (1997-2005) – Race-Proven Road and Track Suspension, Built to Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeisterR GT1 coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus GS300 GS430 JZS161 (1997-2005) with a height adjustable setup designed for fast road and track use. Ride height and spring preload adjust independently, so you can set the height without changing how the spring is loaded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery GT1 kit uses MeisterR's Staggered Digressive Valve (SDV). It gives a digressive damping curve on both compression and rebound, so the damper soaks up uneven surfaces while keeping turn-in sharp and the chassis well controlled. Each kit is built to order and set up for your intended use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e 32-stage, compression and rebound combined\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eValve technology:\u003c\/strong\u003e Staggered Digressive Valve (SDV)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 year limited warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStaggered Digressive Valve (SDV) technology on compression and rebound\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e32-stage damping adjustment (compression and rebound combined)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndependent ride height and spring preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom built to order for your intended use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBump stops and rubber boots included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x front coilovers with springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x rear coilovers or dampers with springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBump stops and rubber dust boots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus GS300 GS430 JZS161 (1997-2005)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e other models or chassis codes not listed above. Please check your chassis code and years before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit bolts in place of the standard suspension. Set the ride height and spring preload, tighten everything to the correct torque, let the suspension settle, then recheck the height and have a four-wheel alignment carried out. We recommend professional fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e Typical build time of 4 – 6 weeks, please enquire when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUpgrade Further\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther MeisterR options for this car: \u003ca href=\"\/products\/meisterr-zetacrd-coilovers-lexus-gs300-gs430-jzs161-97-05\"\u003eMeisterR ZetaCRD Coilovers Lexus GS300 GS430 JZS161 97-05\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the ride height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Ride height and spring preload adjust independently, so you can set the height without changing spring preload.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the damping adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA single adjuster on each damper gives 32 stages, with compression and rebound adjusted together. Start in the middle and adjust in small steps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these suitable for daily driving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. They are designed with road use in mind and give a compliant ride with sharper handling than standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing the ride height alters the suspension geometry, so a four-wheel alignment should be carried out once the car has settled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy does the GT1 take longer to arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGT1 kits are custom built to order and set up for how you will use the car. Typical build time of 4 – 6 weeks, please enquire when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich MeisterR kit is right for my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose a road-focused kit such as the ZetaCRD or ZetaSport for mostly road use, and the ClubRace, ZetaRace or GT1 range for track-focused cars. Contact us if you would like help choosing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeisterR covers this kit with a 2 year limited warranty against defects in materials and workmanship.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit is for the Lexus GS300 GS430 JZS161 (1997-2005). If you are not sure, contact us with your registration or chassis number and we will confirm before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MeisterR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919762067839,"sku":"MR11S-GT1","price":1785.05,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/MR11S-JZS161-GT1.jpg?v=1792767444"},{"product_id":"meisterr-gt1-coilovers-lexus-is200-gxe10-98-04","title":"MeisterR GT1 Coilovers Lexus IS200 GXE10 98-04","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMeisterR GT1 Coilovers for Lexus IS200 GXE10 (1998-2004) – Race-Proven Road and Track Suspension, Built to Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeisterR GT1 coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus IS200 GXE10 (1998-2004) with a height adjustable setup designed for fast road and track use. Ride height and spring preload adjust independently, so you can set the height without changing how the spring is loaded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery GT1 kit uses MeisterR's Staggered Digressive Valve (SDV). It gives a digressive damping curve on both compression and rebound, so the damper soaks up uneven surfaces while keeping turn-in sharp and the chassis well controlled. Each kit is built to order and set up for your intended use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e 32-stage, compression and rebound combined\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eValve technology:\u003c\/strong\u003e Staggered Digressive Valve (SDV)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring rates:\u003c\/strong\u003e 9kg\/mm front, 6kg\/mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront top mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium with rubber bush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear top mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium with rubber bush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 year limited warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStaggered Digressive Valve (SDV) technology on compression and rebound\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e32-stage damping adjustment (compression and rebound combined)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndependent ride height and spring preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom built to order for your intended use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBump stops and rubber boots included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x front coilovers with springs and top mounts (aluminium with rubber bush)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x rear coilovers or dampers with springs and top mounts (aluminium with rubber bush)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBump stops and rubber dust boots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus IS200 GXE10 (1998-2004)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e other models or chassis codes not listed above. Please check your chassis code and years before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit bolts in place of the standard suspension. Set the ride height and spring preload, tighten everything to the correct torque, let the suspension settle, then recheck the height and have a four-wheel alignment carried out. We recommend professional fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e Typical build time of 4 – 6 weeks, please enquire when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUpgrade Further\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther MeisterR options for this car: \u003ca href=\"\/products\/meisterr-zetacrd-coilovers-lexus-is200-gxe10-98-04\"\u003eMeisterR ZetaCRD Coilovers Lexus IS200 GXE10 98-04\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the ride height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Ride height and spring preload adjust independently, so you can set the height without changing spring preload.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the damping adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA single adjuster on each damper gives 32 stages, with compression and rebound adjusted together. Start in the middle and adjust in small steps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these suitable for daily driving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. They are designed with road use in mind and give a compliant ride with sharper handling than standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing the ride height alters the suspension geometry, so a four-wheel alignment should be carried out once the car has settled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy does the GT1 take longer to arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGT1 kits are custom built to order and set up for how you will use the car. Typical build time of 4 – 6 weeks, please enquire when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich MeisterR kit is right for my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose a road-focused kit such as the ZetaCRD or ZetaSport for mostly road use, and the ClubRace, ZetaRace or GT1 range for track-focused cars. Contact us if you would like help choosing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeisterR covers this kit with a 2 year limited warranty against defects in materials and workmanship.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit is for the Lexus IS200 GXE10 (1998-2004). If you are not sure, contact us with your registration or chassis number and we will confirm before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MeisterR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919762166143,"sku":"MR01S-GT1","price":1785.05,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/MR01S-SXE10-GT1.jpg?v=1792767447"},{"product_id":"meisterr-gt1-coilovers-lexus-is250-gse20-05-13","title":"MeisterR GT1 Coilovers Lexus IS250 GSE20 05-13","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMeisterR GT1 Coilovers for Lexus IS250 GSE20 (2005-2013) – Race-Proven Road and Track Suspension, Built to Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeisterR GT1 coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus IS250 GSE20 (2005-2013) with a height adjustable setup designed for fast road and track use. Ride height and spring preload adjust independently, so you can set the height without changing how the spring is loaded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery GT1 kit uses MeisterR's Staggered Digressive Valve (SDV). It gives a digressive damping curve on both compression and rebound, so the damper soaks up uneven surfaces while keeping turn-in sharp and the chassis well controlled. Each kit is built to order and set up for your intended use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e 32-stage, compression and rebound combined\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eValve technology:\u003c\/strong\u003e Staggered Digressive Valve (SDV)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring rates:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12kg\/mm front, 8kg\/mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront top mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium with rubber bush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear top mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium with rubber bush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 year limited warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStaggered Digressive Valve (SDV) technology on compression and rebound\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e32-stage damping adjustment (compression and rebound combined)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndependent ride height and spring preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom built to order for your intended use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBump stops and rubber boots included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x front coilovers with springs and top mounts (aluminium with rubber bush)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x rear coilovers or dampers with springs and top mounts (aluminium with rubber bush)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBump stops and rubber dust boots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus IS250 GSE20 (2005-2013)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e other models or chassis codes not listed above. Please check your chassis code and years before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit bolts in place of the standard suspension. Set the ride height and spring preload, tighten everything to the correct torque, let the suspension settle, then recheck the height and have a four-wheel alignment carried out. We recommend professional fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e Typical build time of 4 – 6 weeks, please enquire when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUpgrade Further\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther MeisterR options for this car: \u003ca href=\"\/products\/meisterr-zetacrd-coilovers-lexus-is250-gse20-05-13\"\u003eMeisterR ZetaCRD Coilovers Lexus IS250 GSE20 05-13\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the ride height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Ride height and spring preload adjust independently, so you can set the height without changing spring preload.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the damping adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA single adjuster on each damper gives 32 stages, with compression and rebound adjusted together. Start in the middle and adjust in small steps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these suitable for daily driving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. They are designed with road use in mind and give a compliant ride with sharper handling than standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing the ride height alters the suspension geometry, so a four-wheel alignment should be carried out once the car has settled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy does the GT1 take longer to arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGT1 kits are custom built to order and set up for how you will use the car. Typical build time of 4 – 6 weeks, please enquire when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich MeisterR kit is right for my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose a road-focused kit such as the ZetaCRD or ZetaSport for mostly road use, and the ClubRace, ZetaRace or GT1 range for track-focused cars. Contact us if you would like help choosing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeisterR covers this kit with a 2 year limited warranty against defects in materials and workmanship.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit is for the Lexus IS250 GSE20 (2005-2013). If you are not sure, contact us with your registration or chassis number and we will confirm before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MeisterR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919762231679,"sku":"MR02S-GT1","price":1785.05,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/MR02S-GSE20-GT1.jpg?v=1792767449"},{"product_id":"meisterr-gt1-coilovers-lexus-sc300-sc400-uzz30-91-00","title":"MeisterR GT1 Coilovers Lexus SC300 SC400 UZZ30 91-00","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMeisterR GT1 Coilovers for Lexus SC300 SC400 UZZ30 (1991-2000) – Race-Proven Road and Track Suspension, Built to Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeisterR GT1 coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus SC300 SC400 UZZ30 (1991-2000) with a height adjustable setup designed for fast road and track use. Ride height and spring preload adjust independently, so you can set the height without changing how the spring is loaded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery GT1 kit uses MeisterR's Staggered Digressive Valve (SDV). It gives a digressive damping curve on both compression and rebound, so the damper soaks up uneven surfaces while keeping turn-in sharp and the chassis well controlled. Each kit is built to order and set up for your intended use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e 32-stage, compression and rebound combined\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eValve technology:\u003c\/strong\u003e Staggered Digressive Valve (SDV)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring rates:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12kg\/mm front, 7kg\/mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront top mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium with rubber bush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear top mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium with rubber bush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 year limited warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStaggered Digressive Valve (SDV) technology on compression and rebound\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e32-stage damping adjustment (compression and rebound combined)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndependent ride height and spring preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom built to order for your intended use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBump stops and rubber boots included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x front coilovers with springs and top mounts (aluminium with rubber bush)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x rear coilovers or dampers with springs and top mounts (aluminium with rubber bush)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBump stops and rubber dust boots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus SC300 SC400 UZZ30 (1991-2000)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e other models or chassis codes not listed above. Please check your chassis code and years before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit bolts in place of the standard suspension. Set the ride height and spring preload, tighten everything to the correct torque, let the suspension settle, then recheck the height and have a four-wheel alignment carried out. We recommend professional fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e Typical build time of 4 – 6 weeks, please enquire when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUpgrade Further\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther MeisterR options for this car: \u003ca href=\"\/products\/meisterr-zetacrd-coilovers-lexus-sc300-sc400-uzz30-91-00\"\u003eMeisterR ZetaCRD Coilovers Lexus SC300 SC400 UZZ30 91-00\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the ride height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Ride height and spring preload adjust independently, so you can set the height without changing spring preload.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the damping adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA single adjuster on each damper gives 32 stages, with compression and rebound adjusted together. Start in the middle and adjust in small steps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these suitable for daily driving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. They are designed with road use in mind and give a compliant ride with sharper handling than standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing the ride height alters the suspension geometry, so a four-wheel alignment should be carried out once the car has settled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy does the GT1 take longer to arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGT1 kits are custom built to order and set up for how you will use the car. Typical build time of 4 – 6 weeks, please enquire when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich MeisterR kit is right for my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose a road-focused kit such as the ZetaCRD or ZetaSport for mostly road use, and the ClubRace, ZetaRace or GT1 range for track-focused cars. Contact us if you would like help choosing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeisterR covers this kit with a 2 year limited warranty against defects in materials and workmanship.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit is for the Lexus SC300 SC400 UZZ30 (1991-2000). If you are not sure, contact us with your registration or chassis number and we will confirm before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MeisterR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919762493823,"sku":"MC15S-GT1","price":1785.05,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/MC15S-UZZ30-GT1.jpg?v=1792767452"},{"product_id":"meisterr-gt1-coilovers-lexus-sc430-uzz40-01-10","title":"MeisterR GT1 Coilovers Lexus SC430 UZZ40 01-10","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMeisterR GT1 Coilovers for Lexus SC430 UZZ40 (2001-2010) – Race-Proven Road and Track Suspension, Built to Order\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeisterR GT1 coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus SC430 UZZ40 (2001-2010) with a height adjustable setup designed for fast road and track use. Ride height and spring preload adjust independently, so you can set the height without changing how the spring is loaded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery GT1 kit uses MeisterR's Staggered Digressive Valve (SDV). It gives a digressive damping curve on both compression and rebound, so the damper soaks up uneven surfaces while keeping turn-in sharp and the chassis well controlled. Each kit is built to order and set up for your intended use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e 32-stage, compression and rebound combined\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eValve technology:\u003c\/strong\u003e Staggered Digressive Valve (SDV)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 year limited warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStaggered Digressive Valve (SDV) technology on compression and rebound\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e32-stage damping adjustment (compression and rebound combined)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndependent ride height and spring preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom built to order for your intended use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBump stops and rubber boots included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x front coilovers with springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x rear coilovers or dampers with springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBump stops and rubber dust boots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus SC430 UZZ40 (2001-2010)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e other models or chassis codes not listed above. Please check your chassis code and years before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit bolts in place of the standard suspension. Set the ride height and spring preload, tighten everything to the correct torque, let the suspension settle, then recheck the height and have a four-wheel alignment carried out. We recommend professional fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e Typical build time of 4 – 6 weeks, please enquire when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUpgrade Further\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther MeisterR options for this car: \u003ca href=\"\/products\/meisterr-zetasport-coilovers-lexus-sc430-uzz40-01-10\"\u003eMeisterR ZetaSport Coilovers Lexus SC430 UZZ40 01-10\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the ride height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Ride height and spring preload adjust independently, so you can set the height without changing spring preload.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the damping adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA single adjuster on each damper gives 32 stages, with compression and rebound adjusted together. Start in the middle and adjust in small steps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these suitable for daily driving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. They are designed with road use in mind and give a compliant ride with sharper handling than standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing the ride height alters the suspension geometry, so a four-wheel alignment should be carried out once the car has settled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy does the GT1 take longer to arrive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGT1 kits are custom built to order and set up for how you will use the car. Typical build time of 4 – 6 weeks, please enquire when ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich MeisterR kit is right for my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose a road-focused kit such as the ZetaCRD or ZetaSport for mostly road use, and the ClubRace, ZetaRace or GT1 range for track-focused cars. Contact us if you would like help choosing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeisterR covers this kit with a 2 year limited warranty against defects in materials and workmanship.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit is for the Lexus SC430 UZZ40 (2001-2010). If you are not sure, contact us with your registration or chassis number and we will confirm before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MeisterR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919762526591,"sku":"MR11S-GT1","price":1785.05,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/MR11S-JZS161-GT1_e4e71069-2449-44a4-acf1-ec08b976cf1f.jpg?v=1792767453"},{"product_id":"meisterr-zetacrd-coilovers-lexus-gs300-gs430-jzs161-97-05","title":"MeisterR ZetaCRD Coilovers Lexus GS300 GS430 JZS161 97-05","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMeisterR ZetaCRD Coilovers for Lexus GS300 GS430 JZS161 (1997-2005) – Digressive CRD Damping for Road and Track\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeisterR ZetaCRD coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus GS300 GS430 JZS161 (1997-2005) with a height adjustable setup designed for road driving and occasional track days, with the focus on ride compliance. Ride height and spring preload adjust independently, so you can set the height without changing how the spring is loaded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ZetaCRD uses digressive damping with MeisterR's Close Ratio Damping (CRD) technology. It keeps the ride composed over broken road surfaces while giving good body control when you take the car on track.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e 32-stage, compression and rebound combined\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eValve technology:\u003c\/strong\u003e Close Ratio Damping (CRD), digressive\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring rates:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12kg\/mm front, 6kg\/mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront top mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium with rubber bush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear top mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium with rubber bush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 year limited warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigressive damping with Close Ratio Damping (CRD) technology\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e32-stage damping adjustment (compression and rebound combined)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndependent ride height and spring preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTuned for ride compliance on the road\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBump stops and rubber boots included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x front coilovers with springs and top mounts (aluminium with rubber bush)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x rear coilovers or dampers with springs and top mounts (aluminium with rubber bush)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBump stops and rubber dust boots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus GS300 GS430 JZS161 (1997-2005)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e other models or chassis codes not listed above. Please check your chassis code and years before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit bolts in place of the standard suspension. Set the ride height and spring preload, tighten everything to the correct torque, let the suspension settle, then recheck the height and have a four-wheel alignment carried out. We recommend professional fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUpgrade Further\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther MeisterR options for this car: \u003ca href=\"\/products\/meisterr-gt1-coilovers-lexus-gs300-gs430-jzs161-97-05\"\u003eMeisterR GT1 Coilovers Lexus GS300 GS430 JZS161 97-05\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the ride height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Ride height and spring preload adjust independently, so you can set the height without changing spring preload.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the damping adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA single adjuster on each damper gives 32 stages, with compression and rebound adjusted together. Start in the middle and adjust in small steps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these suitable for daily driving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. They are designed with road use in mind and give a compliant ride with sharper handling than standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing the ride height alters the suspension geometry, so a four-wheel alignment should be carried out once the car has settled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich MeisterR kit is right for my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose a road-focused kit such as the ZetaCRD or ZetaSport for mostly road use, and the ClubRace, ZetaRace or GT1 range for track-focused cars. Contact us if you would like help choosing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeisterR covers this kit with a 1 year limited warranty against defects in materials and workmanship.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit is for the Lexus GS300 GS430 JZS161 (1997-2005). If you are not sure, contact us with your registration or chassis number and we will confirm before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MeisterR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919772750207,"sku":"MR11S","price":949.05,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/MR11S-JZS161.jpg?v=1792767579"},{"product_id":"meisterr-zetasport-coilovers-lexus-sc430-uzz40-01-10","title":"MeisterR ZetaSport Coilovers Lexus SC430 UZZ40 01-10","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMeisterR ZetaSport Coilovers for Lexus SC430 UZZ40 (2001-2010) – SRV Damping for Ride Comfort and Precise Steering\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeisterR ZetaSport coilovers replace the standard dampers and springs on the Lexus SC430 UZZ40 (2001-2010) with a height adjustable setup designed for the road and occasional track days. Ride height and spring preload adjust independently, so you can set the height without changing how the spring is loaded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt the heart of the ZetaSport is the MeisterR Speed Reactive Valve (SRV), developed in-house by MeisterR. The SRV combines the quick response of a digressive valve with the comfort of a linear valve, giving a supple ride, precise steering and a stable chassis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e 32-stage, compression and rebound combined\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eValve technology:\u003c\/strong\u003e Speed Reactive Valve (SRV)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring rates:\u003c\/strong\u003e 12kg\/mm front, 6kg\/mm rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront top mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium with rubber bush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear top mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminium with rubber bush\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 year limited warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpeed Reactive Valve (SRV) technology\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e32-stage damping adjustment (compression and rebound combined)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndependent ride height and spring preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBalances ride comfort with sharp steering response\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBump stops and rubber boots included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x front coilovers with springs and top mounts (aluminium with rubber bush)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x rear coilovers or dampers with springs and top mounts (aluminium with rubber bush)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBump stops and rubber dust boots\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus SC430 UZZ40 (2001-2010)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e other models or chassis codes not listed above. Please check your chassis code and years before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit bolts in place of the standard suspension. Set the ride height and spring preload, tighten everything to the correct torque, let the suspension settle, then recheck the height and have a four-wheel alignment carried out. We recommend professional fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUpgrade Further\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOther MeisterR options for this car: \u003ca href=\"\/products\/meisterr-gt1-coilovers-lexus-sc430-uzz40-01-10\"\u003eMeisterR GT1 Coilovers Lexus SC430 UZZ40 01-10\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the ride height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Ride height and spring preload adjust independently, so you can set the height without changing spring preload.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the damping adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA single adjuster on each damper gives 32 stages, with compression and rebound adjusted together. Start in the middle and adjust in small steps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these suitable for daily driving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. They are designed with road use in mind and give a compliant ride with sharper handling than standard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing the ride height alters the suspension geometry, so a four-wheel alignment should be carried out once the car has settled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich MeisterR kit is right for my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose a road-focused kit such as the ZetaCRD or ZetaSport for mostly road use, and the ClubRace, ZetaRace or GT1 range for track-focused cars. Contact us if you would like help choosing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeisterR covers this kit with a 1 year limited warranty against defects in materials and workmanship.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit my car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit is for the Lexus SC430 UZZ40 (2001-2010). If you are not sure, contact us with your registration or chassis number and we will confirm before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MeisterR","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58919775830399,"sku":"SRV-R11SS","price":1044.05,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/SRV-R11SS-UZZ40.jpg?v=1792767634"},{"product_id":"ohlins-road-track-coilovers-dfv-1-way-lexus-is-250-is-350-gs-460-urs190-is-f-05-11","title":"Ohlins Road \u0026 Track Coilovers DFV (1-way) Lexus IS 250 IS 350 GS 460 URS190 IS-F 05-11","description":"\u003ch2\u003eÖhlins Road \u0026amp; Track Coilovers for Lexus IS 250 IS 350 GS 460 URS190 IS-F (2005-2011) – 1-Way Adjustable DFV Coilovers for Road and Track\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eÖhlins Road \u0026amp; Track coilovers for the Lexus IS 250 IS 350 GS 460 URS190 IS-F (2005-2011). Öhlins Road \u0026amp; Track coilovers give a ride smooth enough for everyday driving while still performing properly on track. They bring Öhlins' experience of high-end performance dampers to the road at a sensible price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe key to the ride is Öhlins' Dual Flow Valve (DFV). This extra valve works alongside the main piston and lets more oil flow during sudden damper movements, so the car stays supple over broken roads and sharp high-speed bumps. A single adjuster sets compression and rebound together, making it easy to switch between firmer and softer settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn many applications the ride height can be adjusted without changing the fitted length or spring preload, and preload can also be set independently. In most cases the dampers suit the car straight from the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-way, compression and rebound adjusted together\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSprings:\u003c\/strong\u003e Included in this kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop mounts:\u003c\/strong\u003e Included in this kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTÜV (Germany):\u003c\/strong\u003e Not approved for this application\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eÖhlins Dual Flow Valve (DFV) technology for a supple ride\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1-way adjustment of compression and rebound together\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy switching between firmer and softer settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRide height adjustable without affecting fitted length or preload on many applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndependent spring preload adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuits most drivers straight from the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x front Öhlins DFV dampers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x rear Öhlins DFV dampers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eÖhlins springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTop mounts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus IS 250 IS 350 GS 460 URS190 IS-F (2005-2011)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e models or versions not listed above. Please check your model and chassis code before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit replaces the standard dampers and springs. Set the ride height and spring preload, let the suspension settle, then recheck the height and have a four-wheel alignment carried out. We recommend professional fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the damping adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA single adjuster on each damper sets compression and rebound together, so you can quickly switch between firmer and softer settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre these suitable for daily driving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Road \u0026amp; Track range is designed to ride smoothly enough for everyday use, with the DFV valve helping over rough roads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need top mounts?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. Top mounts are included in this kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a cancellation kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, not for this car.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it TÜV approved?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot for this application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing the ride height alters the suspension geometry, so a four-wheel alignment should be carried out once the car has settled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eÖhlins products are covered against defects in materials and workmanship. Contact us if you have a problem.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Ohlins","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58920030306687,"sku":"OHLN-LES-MI00S1-IS250","price":2546.62,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/road_trackohlins-1_c8e0be7f-3271-44b0-b261-0de84b6975ce.jpg?v=1792769513"},{"product_id":"st-xta-coilovers-lexus-is200-is300-xe1-99-05","title":"ST XTA Coilovers Lexus IS200\/IS300 XE1 99-05","description":"\u003ch2\u003eST XTA Coilovers for Lexus IS200\/IS300 XE1 (1999-2005) – 30-60 mm Lower, Height \u0026amp; Rebound Adjustable, Camber Top Mounts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis ST XTA kit replaces the standard springs and dampers on the Lexus IS200\/IS300 XE1 (1999-2005) with a height-adjustable coilover set. It lowers the car by approx. 30-60 mm front and rear, which sharpens the steering, cuts body roll and closes up the wheel arch gap. The ride height is set on threaded struts, so you can go for a subtle drop or use the full approved range, and change it again later.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ST XTA is ST's fast road and track day coilover. As well as stepless height adjustment and 16-click rebound damping, it comes with Unibal (spherical bearing) top mounts on the front axle, so you can adjust front camber after the coilovers are fitted to get more of the tyre on the road in corners and sharper turn-in. It uses a race spring system: a linear main spring for consistent, predictable behaviour, supported where needed by a helper spring that keeps the main spring seated at full droop. ST is part of the KW automotive group, and the kit is developed and made in Germany using KW engineering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit is for the Lexus IS200\/IS300 XE1 (Saloon, Estate), up to a 1195 kg front axle load. Check the Fitment section below before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront lowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 30-60 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear lowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 30-60 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax front axle load:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 1195 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax rear axle load:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 1135 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stepless, on threaded strut housings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum ride height (wheel hub centre to arch edge):\u003c\/strong\u003e front 320 mm, rear 320 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjustable rebound, 16 clicks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSprings:\u003c\/strong\u003e Linear main springs with helper springs where needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop mounts:\u003c\/strong\u003e Front Unibal mounts with camber adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStrut housings:\u003c\/strong\u003e Galvanised steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApproval:\u003c\/strong\u003e Parts certificate (German §19.3)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLowering figures are ST's, measured against the standard car. The actual drop varies with engine, equipment and tolerances on each car, and the springs settle slightly after the first few hundred miles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront Unibal top mounts with camber adjustment after fitting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e16-click adjustable rebound damping, delivered with a base setting for this vehicle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStepless ride height adjustment on a coarse, dirt-resistant trapezoidal thread\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRace spring system with linear main springs for consistent, predictable handling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGalvanised, multi-sealed steel strut housings for long-term corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComposite spring perches with stainless steel inserts that stay easy to adjust for years\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust covers and bump stops protect the damper seals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeveloped and built in Germany, based on KW engineering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied with a parts certificate and fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x height-adjustable front coilover struts with springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x height-adjustable rear coilover struts with springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x front Unibal top mounts with camber adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComposite spring perches with stainless steel inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust covers and bump stops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eParts certificate and fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the photos are ST's own images of this kit. Small details such as brackets can differ from the photos.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus IS200\/IS300 XE1 (1999-2005)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e any vehicle not listed above. Contact us with your registration if you are unsure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFitting means removing the original struts, springs and dampers and fitting the ST units in their place. We recommend a qualified workshop experienced with coilovers. The Unibal top mounts replace the original front top mounts. Set the ride height within the approved range, tighten the suspension bolts with the car's weight on its wheels, and torque everything to the manufacturer's figures. A four-wheel alignment is required once the car is at its final ride height. Re-check the height and alignment after the first few hundred miles, once the springs have settled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDownload ST's documents for this kit: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/docs.kwsuspension.de\/ea-STXTA-h18257801.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFitting instructions (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/docs.kwsuspension.de\/ga-STXTA-57801_1133-16.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eParts certificate (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/docs.kwsuspension.de\/es-STESAV2-68577702.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDamper adjustment guide (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet the front camber on the Unibal top mounts before the alignment, and start with the rebound adjusters on ST's base setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBefore you start:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisconnect any ride height sensors (headlight levelling or self-levelling) before removing the old struts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the threads before adjusting, and start with the height adjusters in the middle of their range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAfter fitting:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not go below ST's minimum height, measured from the wheel hub centre to the wheel arch edge: front 320 mm, rear 320 mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExpect the car to settle a further 5-10 mm once it has been driven, then re-check the height.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck there is at least 5 mm clearance between the tyres and the suspension through the full steering and suspension travel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHave the headlight aim reset, along with any other height-dependent systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eESP\/ABS warning lights can appear after fitting. Some clear after a short drive, others need full steering lock both ways or a reset with a diagnostic tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOn cars with radar or camera driver assistance systems, have the calibration checked after lowering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit my Lexus IS200\/IS300 XE1?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits the Lexus IS200\/IS300 XE1 (1999-2005). Check the Fitment section for the body styles and exclusions, or send us your registration and we will check.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow low will my Lexus IS200\/IS300 XE1 sit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eST quotes a drop of approx. 30-60 mm front and rear compared with standard. The exact drop varies from car to car with engine, equipment and tolerances. ST also sets a minimum: the distance from the wheel hub centre to the wheel arch edge must stay above approx. 320 mm at the front and 320 mm at the rear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the damping?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The rebound adjuster has 16 clicks and the kit arrives on ST's base setting for this car. Turn towards firm for tighter body control or towards soft for a more comfortable ride.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill the ST XTA make my Lexus IS200\/IS300 XE1 ride harshly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XTA is the sportiest ST kit, with linear race springs, so it is noticeably firmer than standard. The 16-click rebound adjuster lets you take some of the edge off for road use, but it is aimed at fast road and track day cars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need an alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing the ride height changes camber and toe, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed once the car is at its final height, and again after any later change. With the XTA you can also set front camber on the top mounts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it road legal in the UK?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is designed for road use and comes with a German parts certificate. Keep the ride height within ST's approved range and tell your insurer about the modification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between ST and KW coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eST is part of the KW group and its coilovers are made in Germany using KW engineering. ST uses galvanised steel strut housings and offers fewer adjustment options than KW's stainless steel Variant range, which keeps the price lower.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it covered by a warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, ST covers it against defects in materials and workmanship. If a part ever needs replacing, contact us with your vehicle details and order number.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ST Suspensions","offers":[{"title":"Saloon, Estate, Front Axle Up To 1195kg","offer_id":58920313323903,"sku":"ST-18257801","price":1210.3,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/ST-18257801_001-1000.jpg?v=1792771637"},{"product_id":"st-xta-coilovers-lexus-is220d-is250-xe2-05-13","title":"ST XTA Coilovers Lexus IS220d\/IS250 XE2 05-13","description":"\u003ch2\u003eST XTA Coilovers for Lexus IS220d\/IS250 XE2 (2005-2013) – 25-60 mm Lower, Height \u0026amp; Rebound Adjustable, Camber Top Mounts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis ST XTA kit replaces the standard springs and dampers on the Lexus IS220d\/IS250 XE2 (2005-2013) with a height-adjustable coilover set. It lowers the car by approx. 30-60 mm at the front and 25-55 mm at the rear, which sharpens the steering, cuts body roll and closes up the wheel arch gap. The ride height is set on threaded struts, so you can go for a subtle drop or use the full approved range, and change it again later.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ST XTA is ST's fast road and track day coilover. As well as stepless height adjustment and 16-click rebound damping, it comes with Unibal (spherical bearing) top mounts on the front axle, so you can adjust front camber after the coilovers are fitted to get more of the tyre on the road in corners and sharper turn-in. It uses a race spring system: a linear main spring for consistent, predictable behaviour, supported where needed by a helper spring that keeps the main spring seated at full droop. ST is part of the KW automotive group, and the kit is developed and made in Germany using KW engineering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit is for the Lexus IS220d\/IS250 XE2 (Saloon), up to a 1090 kg front axle load. Check the Fitment section below before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront lowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 30-60 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear lowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 25-55 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax front axle load:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 1090 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax rear axle load:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 1150 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stepless, on threaded strut housings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum ride height (wheel hub centre to arch edge):\u003c\/strong\u003e front 320 mm, rear 320 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjustable rebound, 16 clicks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSprings:\u003c\/strong\u003e Linear main springs with helper springs where needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop mounts:\u003c\/strong\u003e Front Unibal mounts with camber adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStrut housings:\u003c\/strong\u003e Galvanised steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApproval:\u003c\/strong\u003e Parts certificate (German §19.3)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLowering figures are ST's, measured against the standard car. The actual drop varies with engine, equipment and tolerances on each car, and the springs settle slightly after the first few hundred miles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront Unibal top mounts with camber adjustment after fitting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e16-click adjustable rebound damping, delivered with a base setting for this vehicle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStepless ride height adjustment on a coarse, dirt-resistant trapezoidal thread\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRace spring system with linear main springs for consistent, predictable handling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGalvanised, multi-sealed steel strut housings for long-term corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComposite spring perches with stainless steel inserts that stay easy to adjust for years\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust covers and bump stops protect the damper seals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeveloped and built in Germany, based on KW engineering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied with a parts certificate and fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x height-adjustable front coilover struts with springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x height-adjustable rear coilover struts with springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x front Unibal top mounts with camber adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComposite spring perches with stainless steel inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust covers and bump stops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eParts certificate and fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the photos are ST's own images of this kit. Small details such as brackets can differ from the photos.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus IS220d\/IS250 XE2 (2005-2013)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e any vehicle not listed above. Contact us with your registration if you are unsure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFitting means removing the original struts, springs and dampers and fitting the ST units in their place. We recommend a qualified workshop experienced with coilovers. The Unibal top mounts replace the original front top mounts. Set the ride height within the approved range, tighten the suspension bolts with the car's weight on its wheels, and torque everything to the manufacturer's figures. A four-wheel alignment is required once the car is at its final ride height. Re-check the height and alignment after the first few hundred miles, once the springs have settled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDownload ST's documents for this kit: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/docs.kwsuspension.de\/ea-STXTA-h18257802.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFitting instructions (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/docs.kwsuspension.de\/ga-STXTA-57802_1047-15.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eParts certificate (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/docs.kwsuspension.de\/es-STESAV2-68577714.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDamper adjustment guide (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet the front camber on the Unibal top mounts before the alignment, and start with the rebound adjusters on ST's base setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBefore you start:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisconnect any ride height sensors (headlight levelling or self-levelling) before removing the old struts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the threads before adjusting, and start with the height adjusters in the middle of their range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAfter fitting:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not go below ST's minimum height, measured from the wheel hub centre to the wheel arch edge: front 320 mm, rear 320 mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExpect the car to settle a further 5-10 mm once it has been driven, then re-check the height.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck there is at least 5 mm clearance between the tyres and the suspension through the full steering and suspension travel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHave the headlight aim reset, along with any other height-dependent systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eESP\/ABS warning lights can appear after fitting. Some clear after a short drive, others need full steering lock both ways or a reset with a diagnostic tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOn cars with radar or camera driver assistance systems, have the calibration checked after lowering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit my Lexus IS220d\/IS250 XE2?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits the Lexus IS220d\/IS250 XE2 (2005-2013). Check the Fitment section for the body styles and exclusions, or send us your registration and we will check.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow low will my Lexus IS220d\/IS250 XE2 sit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eST quotes a drop of approx. 30-60 mm at the front and 25-55 mm at the rear compared with standard. The exact drop varies from car to car with engine, equipment and tolerances. ST also sets a minimum: the distance from the wheel hub centre to the wheel arch edge must stay above approx. 320 mm at the front and 320 mm at the rear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the damping?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The rebound adjuster has 16 clicks and the kit arrives on ST's base setting for this car. Turn towards firm for tighter body control or towards soft for a more comfortable ride.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill the ST XTA make my Lexus IS220d\/IS250 XE2 ride harshly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XTA is the sportiest ST kit, with linear race springs, so it is noticeably firmer than standard. The 16-click rebound adjuster lets you take some of the edge off for road use, but it is aimed at fast road and track day cars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need an alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing the ride height changes camber and toe, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed once the car is at its final height, and again after any later change. With the XTA you can also set front camber on the top mounts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it road legal in the UK?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is designed for road use and comes with a German parts certificate. Keep the ride height within ST's approved range and tell your insurer about the modification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between ST and KW coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eST is part of the KW group and its coilovers are made in Germany using KW engineering. ST uses galvanised steel strut housings and offers fewer adjustment options than KW's stainless steel Variant range, which keeps the price lower.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it covered by a warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, ST covers it against defects in materials and workmanship. If a part ever needs replacing, contact us with your vehicle details and order number.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ST Suspensions","offers":[{"title":"Saloon, Front Axle Up To 1090kg","offer_id":58920316699007,"sku":"ST-18257802","price":1210.3,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/ST-18257802_001-1000.jpg?v=1792771643"},{"product_id":"st-xta-coilovers-lexus-is250-is350-is300h-xe3-13","title":"ST XTA Coilovers Lexus IS250\/IS350\/IS300h XE3 13+","description":"\u003ch2\u003eST XTA Coilovers for Lexus IS250\/IS350\/IS300h XE3 (2013 onwards) – 10-45 mm Lower, Height \u0026amp; Rebound Adjustable, Camber Top Mounts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis ST XTA kit replaces the standard springs and dampers on the Lexus IS250\/IS350\/IS300h XE3 (2013 onwards) with a height-adjustable coilover set. It lowers the car by approx. 15-45 mm at the front and 10-40 mm at the rear, which sharpens the steering, cuts body roll and closes up the wheel arch gap. The ride height is set on threaded struts, so you can go for a subtle drop or use the full approved range, and change it again later.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ST XTA is ST's fast road and track day coilover. As well as stepless height adjustment and 16-click rebound damping, it comes with Unibal (spherical bearing) top mounts on the front axle, so you can adjust front camber after the coilovers are fitted to get more of the tyre on the road in corners and sharper turn-in. It uses a race spring system: a linear main spring for consistent, predictable behaviour, supported where needed by a helper spring that keeps the main spring seated at full droop. ST is part of the KW automotive group, and the kit is developed and made in Germany using KW engineering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit is for the Lexus IS250\/IS350\/IS300h XE3 (Saloon), up to a 1090 kg front axle load. Check the Fitment section below before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront lowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 15-45 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear lowering:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 10-40 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax front axle load:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 1090 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMax rear axle load:\u003c\/strong\u003e up to 1200 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stepless, on threaded strut housings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum ride height (wheel hub centre to arch edge):\u003c\/strong\u003e front 330 mm, rear 325 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjustable rebound, 16 clicks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSprings:\u003c\/strong\u003e Linear main springs with helper springs where needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop mounts:\u003c\/strong\u003e Front Unibal mounts with camber adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStrut housings:\u003c\/strong\u003e Galvanised steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApproval:\u003c\/strong\u003e Parts certificate (German §19.3)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLowering figures are ST's, measured against the standard car. The actual drop varies with engine, equipment and tolerances on each car, and the springs settle slightly after the first few hundred miles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront Unibal top mounts with camber adjustment after fitting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e16-click adjustable rebound damping, delivered with a base setting for this vehicle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStepless ride height adjustment on a coarse, dirt-resistant trapezoidal thread\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRace spring system with linear main springs for consistent, predictable handling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGalvanised, multi-sealed steel strut housings for long-term corrosion protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComposite spring perches with stainless steel inserts that stay easy to adjust for years\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust covers and bump stops protect the damper seals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeveloped and built in Germany, based on KW engineering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied with a parts certificate and fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x height-adjustable front coilover struts with springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x rear dampers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x rear springs with height-adjustable spring seats\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x front Unibal top mounts with camber adjustment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComposite spring perches with stainless steel inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust covers and bump stops\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eParts certificate and fitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e the photos are ST's own images of this kit. Small details such as brackets can differ from the photos.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus IS250\/IS350\/IS300h XE3 (2013 onwards)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e Cars with a different front strut lower mount, or any vehicle not listed above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFitting means removing the original struts, springs and dampers and fitting the ST units in their place. We recommend a qualified workshop experienced with coilovers. The Unibal top mounts replace the original front top mounts. Set the ride height within the approved range, tighten the suspension bolts with the car's weight on its wheels, and torque everything to the manufacturer's figures. A four-wheel alignment is required once the car is at its final ride height. Re-check the height and alignment after the first few hundred miles, once the springs have settled.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDownload ST's documents for this kit: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/docs.kwsuspension.de\/ea-STXTA-h18257805.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eFitting instructions (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/docs.kwsuspension.de\/ga-STXTA-57805_1225-15.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eParts certificate (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/docs.kwsuspension.de\/es-STESAV2-68577714.pdf\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eDamper adjustment guide (PDF)\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet the front camber on the Unibal top mounts before the alignment, and start with the rebound adjusters on ST's base setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBefore you start:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDisconnect any ride height sensors (headlight levelling or self-levelling) before removing the old struts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClean the threads before adjusting, and start with the height adjusters in the middle of their range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAfter fitting:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not go below ST's minimum height, measured from the wheel hub centre to the wheel arch edge: front 330 mm, rear 325 mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExpect the car to settle a further 5-10 mm once it has been driven, then re-check the height.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck there is at least 5 mm clearance between the tyres and the suspension through the full steering and suspension travel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHave the headlight aim reset, along with any other height-dependent systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eESP\/ABS warning lights can appear after fitting. Some clear after a short drive, others need full steering lock both ways or a reset with a diagnostic tool.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOn cars with radar or camera driver assistance systems, have the calibration checked after lowering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this fit my Lexus IS250\/IS350\/IS300h XE3?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt fits the Lexus IS250\/IS350\/IS300h XE3 (2013 onwards). Check the Fitment section for the body styles and exclusions, or send us your registration and we will check.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow low will my Lexus IS250\/IS350\/IS300h XE3 sit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eST quotes a drop of approx. 15-45 mm at the front and 10-40 mm at the rear compared with standard. The exact drop varies from car to car with engine, equipment and tolerances. ST also sets a minimum: the distance from the wheel hub centre to the wheel arch edge must stay above approx. 330 mm at the front and 325 mm at the rear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the damping?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The rebound adjuster has 16 clicks and the kit arrives on ST's base setting for this car. Turn towards firm for tighter body control or towards soft for a more comfortable ride.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill the ST XTA make my Lexus IS250\/IS350\/IS300h XE3 ride harshly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe XTA is the sportiest ST kit, with linear race springs, so it is noticeably firmer than standard. The 16-click rebound adjuster lets you take some of the edge off for road use, but it is aimed at fast road and track day cars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need an alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing the ride height changes camber and toe, so a full four-wheel alignment is needed once the car is at its final height, and again after any later change. With the XTA you can also set front camber on the top mounts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it road legal in the UK?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It is designed for road use and comes with a German parts certificate. Keep the ride height within ST's approved range and tell your insurer about the modification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the difference between ST and KW coilovers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eST is part of the KW group and its coilovers are made in Germany using KW engineering. ST uses galvanised steel strut housings and offers fewer adjustment options than KW's stainless steel Variant range, which keeps the price lower.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it covered by a warranty?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, ST covers it against defects in materials and workmanship. If a part ever needs replacing, contact us with your vehicle details and order number.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ST Suspensions","offers":[{"title":"Saloon, Front Axle Up To 1090kg","offer_id":58920316797311,"sku":"ST-18257805","price":1210.3,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/ST-18257805_001-1000.jpg?v=1792771647"},{"product_id":"tein-4x4-damper-sport-coilovers-lexus-gx470-uzj120l-03-09","title":"Tein 4X4 Damper Sport Coilovers Lexus GX470 UZJ120L 03-09","description":"\u003ch2\u003eTEIN 4X4 Damper Sport Coilovers for Lexus GX470 UZJ120L (2003-2009) – Adjustable Lift, 16-Way Damping\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTEIN 4X4 Damper Sport is a height-adjustable suspension kit for the Lexus GX470 UZJ120L, giving a modest lift over standard with better control on and off the road than tired original dampers. TEIN specifies 10.5 kgf\/mm front and 4.5 kgf\/mm rear spring rates for this application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e4X4 Damper Sport is TEIN's lift-up suspension for pick-ups and 4x4s. TEIN quotes a lift of about 40 mm (1.5 in) over standard, with the front height adjustable on the threaded spring seat so you can level the truck or allow for a winch or bull bar. The sealed twin-tube dampers have a 16-level adjuster and TEIN's Hydraulic Bump Stopper (H.B.S.), which cushions big compressions on and off road.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe damper bodies get TEIN's two-layer powder coat, and the height-adjustment threads are protected by TEIN's low-friction ZTP coating, which resists rust and stone chips and helps stop the spring seats seizing. TEIN springs are cold-formed from SAE9254 spring steel and powder coated, and TEIN designs them to resist sagging over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamper type:\u003c\/strong\u003e Twin-tube, gas and oil, with H.B.S.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e Threaded spring seat (lift-up kit)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDamping adjustment:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16 levels (compression and rebound together)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring rate, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10.5 kgf\/mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpring rate, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.5 kgf\/mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRide height as supplied, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 40 mm higher than standard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRide height as supplied, rear:\u003c\/strong\u003e approx. 40 mm higher than standard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTEIN recommended height range, front:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30 to 50 mm above standard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop mounts:\u003c\/strong\u003e Reuses your original top mounts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePart number:\u003c\/strong\u003e VSTF4-F1SS2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpring rates and ride heights are TEIN's application data. Heights are measured against the car's standard ride height and are a guide only: the result on your car depends on its condition, wheels and tyres, and load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLift-up kit: TEIN quotes about 40 mm (1.5 in) over standard, adjustable at the front via the threaded spring seat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e16-level damping adjuster, changing compression and rebound together (0 = stiffest, 16 = softest)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHydraulic Bump Stopper (H.B.S.) cushions big compressions on and off road\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSealed twin-tube dampers for durability on rough tracks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTEIN coil springs matched to the vehicle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReuses the original top mounts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZTP-coated threads and TEIN-green powder coat to fight rust\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the Kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x front height-adjustable dampers with TEIN coil springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x rear dampers with TEIN coil springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFitting instructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKit notes from TEIN:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear: not ride height adjustable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e image for reference only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFitment\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLexus GX470 UZJ120L (2003 to 2009), 4.7L AWD\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eToyota 4Runner N210 (2003 to 2009), 4.0L AWD\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eToyota 4Runner N210 (2003 to 2009), 4.7L AWD\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTEIN also lists this kit (VSTF4-F1SS2) for: Toyota FJ Cruiser GSJ15L (2007-2009); Toyota Land Cruiser Prado GRJ120W GRJ120L (2005-2009).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable for:\u003c\/strong\u003e other Lexus GX470 generations, body styles or drivetrains not listed above, as they use different TEIN part numbers. If your exact model isn't listed, contact us with your registration before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit replaces the original dampers and springs. Ride height is set by winding the lower spring seat up or down the threaded body with the supplied spanners and locking it with the second ring. Your original top mounts are reused, so check their condition and replace any that are worn before fitting. Tighten the top nut with a torque wrench while holding the piston rod on its flats; over-tightening can damage the adjuster. Leave suspension arm bolts loose until the car is back on its wheels, then torque them at normal ride height so the bushes aren't preloaded. Let the springs settle for a few days, recheck the height and lock rings, then have a full four-wheel alignment done. Check driveshaft angles and brake hose lengths if you raise the vehicle towards the top of the range. Fitting needs spring compressors (where strut assemblies are rebuilt), a torque wrench and a good understanding of the car's suspension. We recommend professional fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eUpgrade Further\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLowering changes the anti-roll bar geometry. TEIN's adjustable drop links let you correct it: \u003ca href=\"\/products\/tein-rear-adjustable-drop-link-rods-lexus-gx470-uzj120l\"\u003eTein Rear Adjustable Drop Links Lexus GX470 UZJ120L\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/products\/tein-front-adjustable-drop-link-rods-lexus-gx470-uzj120l\"\u003eTein Front Adjustable Drop Links Lexus GX470 UZJ120L\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this kit fit my Lexus GX470 UZJ120L?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit (TEIN part VSTF4-F1SS2) is listed for the models in the Fitment section above. Check your chassis code, year and trim against that list, along with any notes under it. If you're unsure, send us your registration or VIN before ordering and we'll confirm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much lift will I get on my Lexus GX470 UZJ120L?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs supplied, TEIN's data shows the front sitting approx. 40 mm higher than standard, adjustable within 30 to 50 mm above standard. The exact figure depends on the vehicle's condition, accessories and load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adjust the damping?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 16-level adjuster changes compression and rebound together: 0 is the stiffest setting and 16 the softest. Start from TEIN's recommended setting and change it a few clicks at a time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it work with TEIN EDFC?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTEIN doesn't list an EDFC motor kit for this application, so damping is adjusted by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need my original top mounts?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. This kit reuses your original top mounts, so they aren't included. If they're worn or noisy, replace them at the same time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need a wheel alignment after fitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Changing ride height alters camber and toe, so have a full four-wheel alignment done once the springs have settled and the height is final.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAre TEIN coilovers road legal in the UK?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCoilovers can be used on UK roads as long as the car stays roadworthy: keep a sensible ride height, enough clearance and correctly aimed headlights. Modifying your suspension should be declared to your insurer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I still go off-road with 4X4 Damper Sport?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It's designed for road and off-road use, and the Hydraulic Bump Stopper helps cushion big hits at full compression. As with any lift, check driveshaft angles and have the alignment set afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty do TEIN coilovers come with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTEIN UK covers its suspension for 12 months from the date of purchase against defects in materials and workmanship. Keep your invoice, as it's needed for any claim.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Tein","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":58920406614399,"sku":"VSTF4-F1SS2-2","price":885.6,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/files\/tein-4x4-damper-sport-coilovers-1_74bb37cb-ba32-4bb3-bc23-e49cfce440f2.jpg?v=1792771822"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0627\/6251\/6693\/collections\/Lexus.jpg?v=1741085785","url":"https:\/\/coilovers.co.uk\/collections\/lexus-coilover-suspension-kits.oembed?page=8","provider":"Coilovers.co.uk","version":"1.0","type":"link"}